Attached files

file filename
EX-32.1 - CERTIFICATION - JACKSONVILLE BANCORP INC /FL/d261761dex321.htm
EX-23.1 - CONSENT OF CROWE HORWATH LLP - JACKSONVILLE BANCORP INC /FL/d261761dex231.htm
EX-31.1 - CERTIFICATION - JACKSONVILLE BANCORP INC /FL/d261761dex311.htm
EX-31.2 - CERTIFICATION - JACKSONVILLE BANCORP INC /FL/d261761dex312.htm
EX-10.27 - FORM OF REVOLVING LOAN NOTE - JACKSONVILLE BANCORP INC /FL/d261761dex1027.htm
EX-10.26 - FORM OF LOAN AGREEMENT - JACKSONVILLE BANCORP INC /FL/d261761dex1026.htm
EX-21.1 - SUBSIDIARIES OF JACKSONVILLE BANCORP, INC. - JACKSONVILLE BANCORP INC /FL/d261761dex211.htm
Table of Contents

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM 10-K

 

x ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

December 31, 2011 For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011

or

 

¨ TRANSITION REPORT UNDER SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from             to             .

Commission file number 000-30248

 

 

JACKSONVILLE BANCORP, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Florida   59-3472981

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(IRS Employer

Identification No.)

100 North Laura Street, Suite 1000, Jacksonville, Florida 32202

(Address of principal executive offices)

(904) 421-3040

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of Each Class

 

Name of Each Exchange on which Registered

Common Stock, $.01 par value   The Nasdaq Stock Market (Nasdaq Global Market)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Exchange Act:

None.

 

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes  ¨    No  x

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.    Yes  ¨    No  x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes  x    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes  x    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer     ¨   Accelerated filer   ¨
Non-accelerated filer     ¨   Smaller reporting company   x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).    Yes  ¨    No  x

The aggregate market value of the registrant’s common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant as of June 30, 2011 (based upon the per share closing sale price of $6.59 on June 30, 2011) was approximately $36,181,709.

There were 5,889,822 outstanding shares of common stock as of February 29, 2012.

 

 

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the registrant’s Definitive Proxy Statement for the 2012 Annual Meeting

of Shareholders are incorporated by reference in Part III of this Annual Report.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Description

   Page  
  

Special Cautionary Notice Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

     3   
PART I   
Item 1.   

Business

     5   
Item 1A.   

Risk Factors

     17   
Item 1B.   

Unresolved Staff Comments

     29   
Item 2.   

Properties

     30   
Item 3.   

Legal Proceedings

     31   
Item 4.   

Mine Safety Disclosures

     31   

 

PART II

  
Item 5.   

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

     32   
Item 6.   

Selected Financial Data

     33   
Item 7.   

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

     35   
Item 7A.   

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

     59   
Item 8.   

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

     62   
Item 9.   

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

     108   
Item 9A.   

Controls and Procedures

     108   
Item 9B.   

Other Information

     109   

 

PART III

  
Item 10.   

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

     110   
Item 11.   

Executive Compensation

     115   
Item 12.   

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

     115   
Item 13.   

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

     115   
Item 14.   

Principal Accountant Fees and Services

     115   

 

PART IV

  
Item 15.   

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

     116   
  

Signatures

     120   


Table of Contents

SPECIAL CAUTIONARY NOTICE REGARDING

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

Various of the statements made herein under the captions “Business”, “Risk Factors”, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”, “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk”, “Risk Factors” and elsewhere, are “forward-looking statements” within the meaning and protections of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”).

Forward-looking statements include statements with respect to our beliefs, plans, objectives, goals, expectations, anticipations, assumptions, estimates, intentions and future performance, and involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors, including economic and market conditions, which may be beyond our control, and which may cause the actual results, performance or achievements of the Company to be materially different from future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements. You should not expect us to update any forward-looking statements, and we have no obligation to do so.

All statements other than statements of historical fact are statements that could be forward-looking statements. You can identify these forward-looking statements through our use of words such as “may,” “will,” “anticipate,” “assume,” “should,” “indicate,” “would,” “believe,” “contemplate,” “expect,” “estimate,” “evaluate,” “continue,” “further,” “plan,” “point to,” “project,” “could,” “intend,” “target” and other similar words and expressions of the future. These forward-looking statements may not be realized due to a variety of factors, including, without limitation:

 

   

the effects of future economic, business and market conditions and changes, domestic and foreign, including seasonality;

 

   

governmental monetary and fiscal policies;

 

   

legislative and regulatory changes, including changes in banking, securities and tax laws, regulations and policies and their application by our regulators;

 

   

changes in accounting rules, practices and interpretations;

 

   

the risks of changes in interest rates on the levels, composition and costs of deposits, loan demand, and the values and liquidity of loan collateral, securities, and interest-sensitive assets and liabilities;

 

   

changes in borrower credit risks and payment behaviors;

 

   

changes in the availability and cost of credit and capital in the financial markets;

 

   

changes in the prices, values and sales volumes of residential and commercial real estate;

 

   

the effects of concentrations in our loan portfolio;

 

   

our ability to resolve nonperforming assets;

 

   

the effects of competition from a wide variety of local, regional, national and other providers of financial, investment and insurance services;

 

   

the failure of assumptions and estimates underlying the establishment of reserves for possible loan losses and other estimates and valuations;

 

   

the risks of mergers, acquisitions and divestitures, including, without limitation, the related time and costs of implementing such transactions, integrating operations as part of these transactions and possible failures to achieve expected gains, revenue growth, expense savings and/or other results from such transactions;

 

   

changes in technology or products that may be more difficult, costly, or less effective than anticipated; and

 

   

the effects of war or other conflicts, acts of terrorism, hurricanes, floods, tornados or other catastrophic events that may affect economic conditions.

 

3


Table of Contents

Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation

The Jacksonville Bank is insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”). This Annual Report on Form 10-K also serves as the annual disclosure statement of the Bank pursuant to Part 350 of the FDIC’s rules and regulations. This statement has not been reviewed or confirmed for accuracy or relevance by the FDIC.

 

4


Table of Contents

PART I

Unless the context requires otherwise, references in this report to the “Company,” “we,” “us,” or “our” refer to Jacksonville Bancorp, Inc., its wholly owned subsidiary, The Jacksonville Bank, and the Bank’s wholly owned subsidiary, Fountain Financial, Inc., on a consolidated basis. References to “Bancorp” denote Jacksonville Bancorp, Inc., and The Jacksonville Bank is referred to as the “Bank.”

 

ITEM 1. BUSINESS

General

Bancorp was incorporated under the laws of the State of Florida on October 24, 1997 for the purpose of organizing the Bank. Bancorp is a one-bank holding company owning 100% of the outstanding shares of the Bank. Bancorp’s only business is the ownership and operation of the Bank, which opened for business on May 28, 1999. The Bank is a Florida state-chartered commercial bank, and its deposits are insured by the FDIC. On November 16, 2010, Bancorp acquired Atlantic BancGroup, Inc. (“ABI”) by merger, and on the same date, ABI’s wholly owned subsidiary, Oceanside Bank, merged with and into the Bank. The Bank currently provides a variety of community banking services to businesses and individuals through its eight full-service branches in Jacksonville, Duval County, Florida, as well as “online banking” through its virtual branch.

We offer a variety of competitive commercial and retail banking services. In order to compete with the financial institutions in the market, we use our independent status to the fullest extent. This includes an emphasis on specialized services for small business owners with a particular focus on the medical and legal sectors. Additionally, we rely on the professional and personal relationships of our officers, directors and employees. Loan participations are arranged for customers whose loan demands exceed legal lending limits. Our product lines include personal and business online banking, and sweep accounts that may be invested in Goldman Sachs mutual funds, in addition to our traditional banking products. Furthermore, through the Bank’s subsidiary, Fountain Financial, Inc., and our marketing agreement with New England Financial (an affiliate of MetLife), we are able to meet the investment and insurance needs of our customers.

Substantial consolidation of the Florida banking market has occurred since the early 1980’s. We believe that the number of depository institutions headquartered and operating in Florida will continue to decline. Our marketing programs focus on the advantages of local management, personal service and customer relationships. Particular emphasis is placed on building personal face-to-face relationships. Our management and business development teams have extensive experience with individuals and companies within our targeted market segments in the Jacksonville area. Based on our experience, we believe that we have been and will continue to be effective in gaining market share as evidenced by Bancorp’s successful merger with ABI. The Bank currently has 106 employees. We are focused on small business, professionals and commercial real estate. Over the past five years, Bancorp’s Board of Directors (also referred to herein as the “Board”) has granted every employee of the Company (excluding executive officers) restricted stock.

Acquisition

On November 16, 2010, Bancorp acquired ABI pursuant to an agreement and plan of merger that provided for the merger of ABI with and into Bancorp. The merger agreement also included the consolidation of ABI’s wholly owned subsidiary, Oceanside Bank, into the Bank. Under the terms of the merger agreement, ABI shareholders received 0.2 shares of Bancorp common stock and $0.67 in cash for each share of ABI common stock. A total of 249,483 shares were issued to ABI shareholders. The ABI merger increased our branch locations from five full-service branches to eight full-service branches (and one drive-thru only branch, which we subsequently closed as of March 1, 2011) as well as expanded our geographic footprint in the Jacksonville Beach market.

 

5


Table of Contents

The Company accounted for the merger under the acquisition method of accounting which requires purchased assets and assumed liabilities to be recorded at their respective acquisition date fair value. The purchased assets and assumed liabilities were recorded at their respective acquisition date fair value, and identifiable intangible assets were recorded at fair value. We acquired approximately $158.0 million in net loans, $62.8 million in cash and cash equivalents and securities, $231.3 million in deposits and $9.5 million in borrowings in the ABI merger. We initially recorded $12.5 million in goodwill and $2.5 million in core deposit intangibles for the year ending December 31, 2010 as a result of the ABI merger.

Capital Raise

Also on November 16, 2010, and immediately following the ABI merger, Bancorp completed the sale of 3,888,889 shares of its common stock to four accredited investors at a purchase price of $9.00 per share pursuant to a stock purchase agreement. This financing was led by CapGen Capital Group IV LP (“CapGen”) and resulted in total gross proceeds of $35.0 million to Bancorp. The amount of cash raised was directly tied to the amount of additional capital Bancorp needed in order to obtain regulatory approval to consummate the merger with ABI. The net proceeds from the sale after offering expenses were $34.7 million and were used to fund the merger and integration of ABI and Oceanside Bank into the Company.

Market Area and Competition

Our primary market area is all of Duval County (primarily the Southside, Westside, Arlington, Mandarin and Downtown areas of Jacksonville and Jacksonville Beach). Jacksonville is the largest city by area in the United States covering 841 square miles and is a leading financial and insurance center. Jacksonville is home to the National Football League’s Jacksonville Jaguars and is the corporate headquarters to a number of regional and national companies. Duval County has a strong commercial and industrial base, which has been steadily expanding in recent years.

Financial institutions primarily compete with one another for deposits. In turn, a bank’s deposit base directly affects such bank’s loan activities and general growth. Primary competitive factors include interest rates on deposits and loans, service charges on deposit accounts, the availability of unique financial services products, a high level of personal service, and personal relationships between our officers and customers. We compete with financial institutions that have greater resources, and that may be able to offer more services, unique services, or possibly better terms to their customers. We believe, however, that we will be able to continue to attract sufficient loans and deposits to effectively compete with other area financial institutions.

We are in competition with existing area financial institutions, including commercial banks and savings institutions, insurance companies, consumer finance companies, brokerage houses, mortgage banking companies, credit unions, and other business entities which target traditional banking markets, through offices, mail, the internet, mobile devices and otherwise. We anticipate that significant competition will continue from existing financial services providers as well as new entrants to the market. We estimate that approximately 30 separate financial institutions are located in Duval County.

Funding Sources

Deposits

We offer a wide range of deposit accounts, including commercial and retail checking, money market, individual retirement and statement savings accounts, and certificates of deposit with fixed rates and a range of maturity options. Our sources of deposits are primarily residents, businesses, and employees of businesses within our market areas, obtained through personal solicitation by our officers and directors, direct mail solicitation, and advertisements published in the local media. We also have the ability to obtain deposits from the national and

 

6


Table of Contents

brokered CD markets as long as we are well capitalized for regulatory purposes, and otherwise from deposit listing and other services as an additional source of funding. We pay competitive interest rates on interest-bearing deposits. In addition, our service charge schedule is competitive with other area financial institutions, covering such matters as maintenance and per item processing fees on deposit accounts and special handling charges. We are also part of the Star, Cirrus, Presto and Plus ATM networks and a member of VISA.

Borrowings

Additional sources of funds are available to the Bank by borrowing from the Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) and Federal Reserve Bank (“FRB”). Our lending capacity with these institutions provides credit availability based on qualifying collateral from the investment and loan portfolios. See “Note 8-Deposits” and “Note 9-Short-term Borrowings and Federal Home Loan Bank Advances” of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further information on our funding sources.

Lending Activities

Our Board has adopted certain policies and procedures to guide individual loan officers in carrying out lending functions. The Board has formed a Directors’ Loan Committee and appointed five directors to provide the following oversight:

 

   

ensure compliance with loan policy, procedures and guidelines as well as appropriate regulatory requirements;

 

   

approve secured loans above an aggregate amount of $2,000,000 and unsecured loans above an aggregate amount of $1,000,000 to any entity and/or related interests;

 

   

monitor overall loan quality through review of information relative to all new loans;

 

   

approve lending authority for individual officers;

 

   

monitor our loan review systems;

 

   

oversee strategies for workout of problem loan relationships;

 

   

review the adequacy of the loan loss reserve; and

 

   

approve any additional advances to any borrower whose loan or line of credit has been adversely classified substandard.

The Board realizes that occasionally loans need to be made which fall outside the typical policy guidelines. Consequently, the Chief Executive Officer, President and Chief Credit Officer have the authority to make certain policy exceptions on secured and unsecured loans within their loan authority limitations. Policy exceptions on secured and unsecured loans greater than $2,000,000 and $1,000,000, respectively, must be approved by the Directors’ Loan Committee, and the full Board reviews reports of all loans and policy exceptions at its regular meetings. Additionally, the Bank has an independent company that also evaluates the quality of loans and determines if loans are originated in accordance with the guidelines established by the Board.

We recognize that credit losses will be experienced and the risk of loss will vary with, among other things, the type of loan being made, the creditworthiness of the borrower over the term of the loan and, in the case of a collateralized loan, the quality of the collateral, as well as general economic conditions. We intend to maintain an adequate allowance for loan losses based on, among other things, industry standards, management’s experience, historical loan loss experience, evaluation of economic conditions, and regular reviews of delinquencies and loan portfolio quality. We follow a conservative lending policy, but one which permits prudent risks to assist businesses and consumers primarily in our principal market areas. Interest rates vary depending on our cost of funds, the loan maturity, the degree of risk and other loan terms. As appropriate, some interest rates are adjustable with fluctuations in the “prime” rate.

 

7


Table of Contents

Loan Portfolio Composition

The composition of the Bank’s core loan portfolio, excluding loans classified as held-for-sale at December 31, 2011 and 2010, is indicated below along with the decreases from December 31, 2010.

 

(dollars in thousands)

   Total Loans
December 31,
2011(1)
     % of Total
Loans
    Total Loans
December 31,
2010(1)
     % of Total
Loans
    % Increase
(Decrease) from
December 31,
2010 to 2011
 

Real estate mortgage loans:

            

Commercial

   $ 261,468         56.5   $ 282,468         55.0     (7.4 %) 

Residential

     115,814         25.0     136,771         26.7     (15.3 %) 

Construction and land

     45,891         9.9     52,808         10.3     (13.1 %) 

Commercial loans

     35,714         7.7     35,976         7.0     (0.7 %) 

Consumer loans

     3,955         0.9     5,110         1.0     (22.6 %) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 462,842         100.0   $ 513,133         100.0     (9.8 )% 
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) 

Total loans reflect merger with ABI

The following table sets forth the composition of our loans classified as held-for-sale portfolio at December 31, 2010:

 

     Amount      % of Total
Loans
 

Real estate mortgage loans:

     

Commercial

   $ 11,649         83.80

Residential

     1,401         10.10

Construction and land

     840         6.00

Commercial loans

     20         0.10

Consumer loans

     —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 13,910         100.00
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

There were no loans classified as held-for-sale at December 31, 2011.

Our nonperforming loans as a percentage of gross loans, excluding loans classified as held-for-sale, increased from 6.83% at December 31, 2010 to 10.13% at December 31, 2011. This increase was driven in part by the merger with ABI as well as the longevity of the economic recession, including the real estate market that continues to be challenging in the Bank’s geographic market. In addition, the Bank continues to be aggressive with its strategy to dispose of nonperforming assets in a prudent and reasonable manner.

Commercial Real Estate

Commercial real estate loans are typically segmented into three categories: owner occupied commercial properties, properties used by non-profit organizations (i.e., churches and schools) and commercial properties leased to third parties for investment purposes. Commercial real estate loans are secured by the subject property and are underwritten based upon standards set forth in the policies approved by the Board. Such standards include, among other factors, loan to value limits, cash flow coverage and general creditworthiness of the obligors.

 

8


Table of Contents

Residential Real Estate

Residential real estate loans include loans secured by first or second mortgages and home equity loans on one-to-four family residential properties. Loans in the residential real estate portfolio are underwritten in accordance with policies set forth and approved by the Board, including repayment capacity and source, value of the underlying property, credit history and stability.

Construction and Land Loans

The Bank provides construction permanent loans to borrowers to finance the construction of owner occupied and lease properties. These loans are categorized as construction loans during the construction period, later converting to commercial or residential real estate loans after the construction is complete and amortization of the loan begins. Real estate development and construction loans are approved based on an analysis of the borrower and guarantor, the viability of the project and on an acceptable percentage of the appraised value of the property securing the loan. Real estate development and construction loan funds are disbursed periodically based on the percentage of construction completed. The Bank carefully monitors these loans with on-site inspections and requires the receipt of lien waivers on funds advanced. Development and construction loans are typically secured by the properties under development or construction, and personal guarantees are typically obtained. Further, to assure that reliance is not placed solely on the value of the underlying property, the Bank considers the market conditions and feasibility of proposed projects, the financial condition and reputation of the borrower and guarantors, the amount of the borrower’s equity in the project, independent appraisals, costs estimates and pre-construction sale information. The Bank also makes loans on occasion for the purchase of land for future development by the borrower. Land loans are extended for the future development for either commercial or residential use by the borrower. The Bank carefully analyzes the intended use of the property and the viability thereof.

Commercial Loans

Commercial loans are primarily underwritten on the basis of the borrowers’ ability to service such debt from income. As a general practice, we take as collateral a security interest in any available real estate, equipment, or other chattel, although loans may also be made on an unsecured basis. Collateralized working capital loans typically are secured by short-term assets whereas long-term loans are primarily secured by long-term assets.

Other

Consumer loans are extended for various purposes, including purchases of automobiles, recreational vehicles and boats. We also offer home improvement loans, lines of credit, personal loans, and deposit account collateralized loans. Loans to consumers are extended after a credit evaluation, including the creditworthiness of the borrower(s), the purpose of the credit, and the secondary source of repayment. Consumer loans are made at fixed and variable interest rates and may be made on terms of up to ten years.

Investments

The primary objective of the investment portfolio is to develop a mixture of investments with maturities and compositions so as to earn an acceptable rate of return while meeting liquidity requirements. We invest primarily in obligations guaranteed by the U.S. government and government-sponsored agencies. We also enter into federal funds transactions through our principal correspondent banks. Investments with maturities in excess of one year are generally readily salable on the open market.

Employees

As of February 29, 2012, the Bank had 106 employees. Except for certain officers of the Bank who also serve as officers of Bancorp, Bancorp does not have any employees. Management believes Company relations with its employees have been good.

 

9


Table of Contents

Data Processing

We currently have an agreement with FIS, formerly known as Metavante Corporation, to provide our core processing and support certain customer products and delivery systems. We believe that FIS will continue to be able to provide state of the art data processing and customer service related processing at a competitive price to support our future growth.

Regulation and Supervision

Bank holding companies and banks are extensively regulated under federal and state law. This discussion is qualified in its entirety by reference to the particular statutory and regulatory provisions referred to below and is not intended to be an exhaustive description of the statutes or regulations applicable to us and our bank subsidiary’s business. Supervision, regulation, and examination of Bancorp and the Bank and our respective subsidiaries by the bank regulatory agencies are intended primarily for the protection of bank depositors rather than holders of our capital stock. Any change in applicable law or regulation may have a material effect on our business.

We operate in a highly regulated environment, where statutes, regulations, and administrative policies govern our business activities. We are supervised by, examined by, and submit reports to, a number of regulatory agencies, including the Federal Reserve Board, in the case of Bancorp, and to the FDIC and the Florida Office of Financial Regulation (“OFR”), in the case of the Bank.

The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010

On July 21, 2010, President Obama signed into law the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010 (the “Dodd-Frank Act”). The Dodd-Frank Act has had and will continue to have a broad impact on the financial services industry, including significant regulatory and compliance changes, among other things, (i) enhanced resolution authority of troubled and failing banks and their holding companies; (ii) increased capital and liquidity requirements; (iii) increased regulatory examination fees; (iv) changes to assessments to be paid to the FDIC for federal deposit insurance; and (v) numerous other provisions designed to improve supervision and oversight of, and strengthening safety and soundness for, the financial services sector. Additionally, the Dodd-Frank Act establishes a new framework for systemic risk oversight within the financial system to be distributed among new and existing federal regulatory agencies, including the Financial Stability Oversight Council, the Federal Reserve, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, and the FDIC. A summary of certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act is set forth below:

 

   

Increased Capital Standards and Enhanced Supervision. The federal banking agencies are required to establish minimum leverage and risk-based capital requirements for banks and bank holding companies. These new standards will be no lower than current regulatory capital and leverage standards applicable to insured depository institutions and may, in fact, be higher when established by the agencies. The Dodd-Frank Act also increases regulatory oversight, supervision and examination of banks, bank holding companies and their respective subsidiaries by the appropriate regulatory agencies. In addition, the federal bank regulators are expected to propose new capital and liquidity standards to implement those adopted by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (“Basel”), as part of its “Basel III” rules.

 

   

The Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (“Bureau”). The Dodd-Frank Act creates the Bureau as a separate agency funded by the Federal Reserve. The Bureau is tasked with establishing and implementing rules and regulations under certain federal consumer protection laws with respect to the conduct of providers of certain consumer financial products and services. The Bureau has rulemaking authority over many of the statutes governing products and services offered to bank consumers. In addition, the Dodd-Frank Act permits states to adopt consumer protection laws and regulations that are more stringent than those regulations promulgated by the Bureau and state attorneys general are permitted to enforce consumer protection rules adopted by the Bureau against state-chartered institutions. Banks under $10 billion in assets are not subject to examination by the Bureau, however.

 

10


Table of Contents
   

Deposit Insurance. The Dodd-Frank Act makes permanent the $250,000 deposit insurance limit for insured deposits. Amendments to the Federal Deposit Insurance Act also revise the assessment base against which an insured depository institution’s deposit insurance premiums paid to the Deposit Insurance Fund (“DIF”) will be calculated. Under the amendments, the assessment base will no longer be the institution’s deposit base, but rather its average consolidated total assets less its average tangible equity during the assessment period. Additionally, the Dodd-Frank Act makes changes to the minimum designated reserve ratio of the DIF, increasing the minimum from 1.15 percent to 1.35 percent of the estimated amount of total insured deposits and eliminating the requirement that the FDIC pay dividends to depository institutions when the reserve ratio exceeds certain thresholds. In December 2010, the FDIC increased the reserve ratio to 2.0 percent.

 

   

Transactions with Affiliates. The Dodd-Frank Act enhances the requirements for certain transactions with affiliates under Section 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act, including an expansion of the definition of “covered transactions” and increasing the amount of time for which collateral requirements regarding covered transactions must be maintained.

 

   

Enhanced Lending Limits. The Dodd-Frank Act strengthens the existing limits on a depository institution’s credit exposure to one borrower. Current banking law limits a depository institution’s ability to extend credit to one person (or group of related persons) in an amount exceeding certain thresholds. The Dodd-Frank Act expands the scope of these restrictions to include credit exposure arising from derivative transactions, repurchase agreements, and securities lending and borrowing transactions.

 

   

Compensation Practices. The Dodd-Frank Act provides that the securities and other federal regulators must establish standards prohibiting as an unsafe and unsound practice any compensation plan of a bank holding company or other “covered financial institution” that provides an insider or other employee with “excessive compensation” or could lead to a material financial loss to such firm. In June 2010, prior to the Dodd-Frank Act, the bank regulatory agencies promulgated the Interagency Guidance on Sound Incentive Compensation Policies, which requires that financial institutions establish metrics for measuring the impact of activities to achieve incentive compensation with the related risk to the financial institution of such behavior. Together, the Dodd-Frank Act and the recent guidance on compensation may impact the current compensation policies at the Company.

 

   

Holding Company Capital Levels. The Dodd-Frank Act requires bank regulators to establish minimum capital levels for holding companies, limited generally to the same capital instruments permissible to insured depository institutions. Trust preferred securities, or TRUPs, issued prior to May 19, 2010 by bank holding companies with less than $15 billion in assets as of December 31, 2009 are exempt from these capital deductions entirely.

We expect that many of the requirements called for in the Dodd-Frank Act will be implemented over time, and most will be subject to implementing regulations over the course of several years. Although some regulations have been adopted under the Dodd-Frank Act, many more remain to be finalized. The nature, timing and effect of these requirements is unclear. The changes resulting from the Dodd-Frank Act and regulatory actions, as well as the Basel III capital and liquidity proposals, may increase our costs and reduce our revenue and profitability, require changes to certain of our business practices, impose upon us more stringent capital, liquidity and leverage ratio requirements or otherwise adversely affect our business. These changes may also require us to invest significant management attention and resources to evaluate and make necessary changes in order to comply with new statutory and regulatory requirements.

Federal Reserve Board

We are regulated by the Federal Reserve Board under the Federal Bank Holding Company Act (“BHC Act”), which requires every bank holding company to obtain the prior approval of the Federal Reserve Board before acquiring more than 5% of the voting shares of any bank or all or substantially all of the assets of a bank, and before merging or consolidating with another bank holding company. Federal Reserve Board policy, which has

 

11


Table of Contents

been added also to the Federal Deposit Insurance Act by the Dodd-Frank Act, provides that a bank holding company must serve as a source of financial strength to its subsidiary bank(s). In adhering to the Federal Reserve Board policy, Bancorp may be required to provide financial support for the Bank at a time when, absent such policy, Bancorp may not otherwise deem it advisable to provide such assistance.

The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act permits to authorize bank holding companies that qualify as “financial holding companies” to engage in securities, insurance and other activities that are financial in nature or incidental to a financial activity. The activities of bank holding companies that are not financial holding companies continue to be limited to activities authorized under the BHC Act, such as activities that the Federal Reserve Board previously has determined to be closely related to banking and permissible for bank holding companies.

With respect to expansion, we may establish branch offices anywhere within the State of Florida with regulatory approval. The Dodd-Frank Act allows commercial banks and thrifts to branch interstate anywhere in the United States. We are also subject to the Florida banking and usury laws limiting the amount of interest that can be charged when making loans or other extensions of credit. In addition, the Bank, as a subsidiary of Bancorp, is subject to restrictions under federal law in dealing with Bancorp and other affiliates. These restrictions apply to extensions of credit to an affiliate, investments in the securities of an affiliate, and the purchase of assets from an affiliate.

The primary source of Bancorp’s income is expected to be dividends from the Bank. A Florida state-chartered commercial bank may not pay cash dividends that would cause the bank’s capital to fall below the minimum amount required by federal or state law. Accordingly, commercial banks may only pay dividends out of the total of current net profits plus retained net profits of the preceding two years to the extent it deems expedient, except as follows: No bank may pay a dividend at any time that the total of net income for the current year, when combined with retained net income from the preceding two years, produces a loss. The Bank could not pay dividends in 2010 and 2011 as our net loss at December 31, 2010 and net income at December 31, 2011 combined with retained earnings from the preceding two years produced a loss. The future ability of the Bank to pay dividends to Bancorp will also depend in part on the FDIC capital requirements in effect at such time and our ability to comply with such requirements.

Under Federal Reserve policy, the board of directors of a bank holding company must consider different factors to ensure that its dividend level is prudent relative to maintaining a strong financial position, and is not based on overly optimistic earnings scenarios, such as potential events that could affect its ability to pay dividends, while still maintaining a strong financial position. As a general matter, the Federal Reserve has indicated that the board of directors of a bank holding company should consult with the Federal Reserve and eliminate, defer or significantly reduce the bank holding company’s dividends if:

 

   

its net income available to shareholders for the past four quarters, net of dividends previously paid during that period, is not sufficient to fully fund the dividends;

 

   

its prospective rate of earnings retention is not consistent with its capital needs and overall current and prospective financial condition; or

 

   

it will not meet, or is in danger of not meeting, its minimum regulatory capital adequacy ratios.

Loans and extensions of credit, as well as derivatives and other transactions by all banks are subject to legal lending limitations. Under state law, a state bank may generally grant unsecured loans and extensions of credit in an amount up to 15% of its unimpaired capital and surplus to any person. In addition, a state bank may grant additional loans and extensions of credit to the same person of up to 10% of its unimpaired capital and surplus, provided that the transactions are fully secured. This 10% limitation is separate from, and in addition to, the 15% limitation for unsecured loans. Loans and extensions of credit may exceed these general lending limits only if they qualify under one of several exceptions. Section 611 of the Dodd-Frank Act prohibits state banks from engaging in derivative transactions unless a bank’s chartering state has adopted a law including credit exposure

 

12


Table of Contents

on derivatives in calculating loans to one borrower limits. At the end of 2011, the Bank did not have any derivative transactions although Bancorp had one interest rate swap not subject to this limitation on the Bank.

We are subject to regulatory capital requirements imposed by the Federal Reserve Board and the FDIC. Both the Federal Reserve Board and the FDIC have established risk-based capital guidelines for bank holding companies and banks which make regulatory capital requirements more sensitive to differences in risk profiles of various banking organizations. The capital adequacy guidelines issued by the Federal Reserve Board are applied to bank holding companies on a consolidated basis with the banks owned by the holding company. The FDIC’s risk-based capital guidelines apply directly to state banks regardless of whether they are a subsidiary of a bank holding company. Both agencies’ requirements (which are substantially similar) provide that banking organizations must have minimum capital equivalent to 8% of risk-weighted assets to be considered adequately capitalized. The risk weights assigned to assets are based primarily on the perceived levels of risk to capital. For example, securities with an unconditional guarantee by the United States government are assigned the lowest risk weighting. A risk weight of 50% is assigned to loans secured by owner-occupied one-to-four family residential properties. The aggregate amount of assets assigned to each risk category is multiplied by the risk weight assigned to that category to determine the weighted values, which are added together to determine total risk weighted assets.

The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 (“FDICIA”) created and defined five capital categories (well capitalized, adequately capitalized, undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized, and critically undercapitalized), which are used to determine the nature of any corrective action the appropriate regulator may take in the event an institution reaches a given level of undercapitalization. For example, an institution which becomes undercapitalized must submit a capital restoration plan to the appropriate regulator outlining the steps it will take to become adequately capitalized. Upon approving the plan, the regulator will monitor the institution’s compliance. Before a capital restoration plan will be approved, an entity controlling a bank (i.e., the holding company) must guarantee compliance with the plan until the institution has been adequately capitalized for four consecutive calendar quarters. The liability of the holding company is limited to the lesser of 5% of the institution’s total assets at the time it became undercapitalized or the amount necessary to bring the institution into compliance with all capital standards. Further, in the event of the bankruptcy of the parent holding company, such guarantee would take priority over the parent’s general unsecured creditors. Undercapitalized institutions also will be restricted from paying management fees, dividends, and other capital distributions, will be subject to certain asset growth restrictions, and will be required to obtain prior approval from the appropriate regulator to open new branches or expand into new lines of business. As an institution drops to lower capital levels, the extent of action to be taken by the appropriate regulator increases, restricting the types of transactions in which the institution may engage and ultimately providing for the appointment of a receiver for certain institutions deemed to be critically undercapitalized.

The FDICIA also requires each federal banking agency to prescribe, and the Federal Reserve Board and the FDIC have adopted, for all insured depository institutions and their holding companies, safety and soundness standards relating to such items as: internal controls, information and audit systems, asset quality, loan documentation, classified assets, credit underwriting, interest-rate risk exposure, asset growth, earnings, compensation, fees and benefits, valuation of publicly traded shares, and such other operational and managerial standards as the agency deems appropriate. Finally, each federal banking agency was required to prescribe standards for employment contracts and other compensation arrangements with executive officers, employees, directors, and principal shareholders of insured depository institutions that would prohibit compensation and benefits and other arrangements that are excessive or that could lead to a material financial loss. If an insured depository institution or its holding company fails to meet any of the standards described above, it will be required to submit to the appropriate federal banking agency a plan specifying the steps that will be taken to cure the deficiency. If an institution fails to submit an acceptable plan or fails to implement a plan, the appropriate federal banking agency will require the institution or holding company to correct the deficiency and, until corrected, may impose further restrictions on the institution or holding company, including any of the restrictions

 

13


Table of Contents

applicable under the prompt corrective action provisions of the FDICIA. Both the capital standards and the safety and soundness standards that the FDICIA implements were designed to bolster and protect the DIF.

In response to the directives issued under the FDICIA, the regulators have adopted regulations that, among other things, prescribe the capital thresholds for each of five established capital categories. The following table reflects these capital thresholds:

 

     Total Risk-Based
Capital Ratio
  Tier 1 Risk-Based
Capital Ratio
  Tier 1
Leverage Ratio

Well capitalized(1)

   10%   6%   5%

Adequately capitalized(1)

     8%   4%      4%(2)

Undercapitalized(3)

   Less than 8%   Less than 4%   Less than 4%

Significantly undercapitalized

   Less than 6%   Less than 3%   Less than 3%

Critically undercapitalized

   —     —     Less than 2%

 

(1) 

An institution must meet all three minimums.

(2) 

3% for CAMELS composite 1 rated institutions, subject to appropriate federal banking agency guidelines.

(3) 

An institution falls into this category if it is below the adequately capitalized level for any of the three capital measures.

Under these capital categories, the Bank is classified as adequately capitalized. At December 31, 2011, the Bank’s total risk-based capital and Tier 1 risk-based capital ratios were 9.85% and 8.58%, respectively. The Tier 1 leverage ratio was 6.88% as of the same date. In addition to maintaining all capital levels at or above well-capitalized levels, the Bank is committed to maintaining a Tier 1 leverage ratio above 8% at all times and total risk-based capital above 10% at all times. If the capital ratios of the Bank were to fall below the levels required under regulatory standards, it is the Bank’s policy to increase capital in an amount sufficient to meet regulatory requirements within 30 days.

Under federal law and regulations and subject to certain exceptions, the addition or replacement of any director, or the employment, dismissal, or reassignment of a senior executive officer at any time that the Bank is not in compliance with applicable minimum capital requirements, or otherwise in a troubled condition, or when the FDIC has determined that such prior notice is appropriate, is subject to prior notice to, and potential disapproval by, the FDIC.

Enforcement Policies and Actions

The Federal Reserve, the FDIC and the OFR monitor compliance with laws and regulations. Violations of laws and regulations, or other unsafe and unsound practices, may result in these agencies imposing fines or penalties, cease and desist orders, or taking other enforcement actions. Under certain circumstances, these agencies may enforce these remedies directly against officers, directors, employees and others participating in the affairs of a bank or bank holding company.

In August 2008, and in connection with the FDIC’s February 2008 report of examination (the “Report”) of Jacksonville Bank, the Bank’s board of directors entered into a memorandum of understanding (“MOU”) with the FDIC and the OFR whereby the Bank agreed to comply in good faith with the requirements of the MOU. The MOU, among other things, required the Bank to:

 

   

Develop, submit and implement a written management plan, and notify the FDIC and the OFR if Jacksonville Bank proposes to add an individual to Jacksonville Bank’s board of directors or employ an individual as a senior executive officer.

 

   

Submit a business plan for 2008 through 2010 and a comprehensive annual budget and earnings forecast, and implement and review progress on the business plan.

 

14


Table of Contents
   

Maintain a Tier 1 leverage capital ratio of not less than 8 percent and increase and maintain a total risk based capital ratio of not less than 10 percent, which shall be calculated at the end of each calendar quarter.

 

   

Within 30 days, charge-off the remaining balances of all assets classified “loss” in the Report.

 

   

Establish and maintain an adequate Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses (ALLL) and such reserve must be established by charges to current operating earnings; and implement a comprehensive policy and methodology in conformance with GAAP and regulatory guidelines for determining the adequacy of ALLL.

 

   

Develop specific plans and proposals to reduce and improve loan relationships which are subject to adverse classification or special mention in the amount of $1 million or more; not extend credit to any borrower who is obligated to Jacksonville Bank on any extension of credit that has been charged off by the bank or classified “loss” or “doubtful” in any report of examination so long as such credit remains uncollected; and amend its written loan policy to include comments and recommendations in the Report.

 

   

Establish an effective system to obtain the loan documentation necessary to properly underwrite and monitor the credit and take all necessary steps to correct and/or eliminate all technical exceptions listed in the Report; and implement a risk management program for commercial real estate loan concentrations consistent with regulatory guidance and recommendations in the Report.

 

   

Review liquidity objectives and develop a plan to maintain liquidity commensurate with the bank’s current risk profile, which plan should address balance sheet liquidity and other sources of available liquidity.

As a result of the MOU, management and the Bank’s board took the following actions:

Credit Related:

 

   

Charged-off all remaining balances on loans deemed “loss” in the Report.

 

   

Amended the loan policy to include items mentioned in the Report.

 

   

Implemented a more comprehensive policy and methodology in assessing the adequacy of the ALLL and reassessed the adequacy of the first quarter 2008 analysis.

 

   

Created Cited Loan Reports and began reporting them to the Jacksonville Bank board of directors on a monthly basis.

 

   

Began monitoring Commercial Real Estate concentrations and developed a plan to reduce the exposure.

 

   

Strengthened the loan documentation process and corrected all exceptions identified in the Report.

Staffing:

 

   

Management and the Jacksonville Bank board performed a staffing analysis which resulted in upgrading two management positions (portfolio manager and deposit operations manager).

Although the Bank believes that it has complied generally with the terms of the Memorandum, it did not meet the 8% Tier 1 leverage ratio requirement at December 31, 2011 and does not expect to meet this requirement until it raises additional capital and/or reduces its assets.

Anti-Money Laundering Regulation

The International Money Laundering Abatement and Anti-Terrorism Funding Act of 2001 specifies “know your customer” requirements that obligate financial institutions to take actions to verify the identity of the account holders in connection with opening an account at any U.S. financial institution. Banking regulators will consider compliance with this Act’s money laundering provisions in acting upon acquisition and merger proposals, and sanctions for violations of this Act can be imposed in an amount equal to twice the sum involved in the violating transaction, up to $1 million.

 

15


Table of Contents

Under the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (“USA PATRIOT Act”), financial institutions are subject to prohibitions against specified financial transactions and account relationships as well as enhanced due diligence and “know your customer” standards in their dealings with foreign financial institutions and foreign customers.

The USA PATRIOT Act requires financial institutions to establish anti-money laundering programs. The USA PATRIOT Act sets forth minimum standards for these programs, including:

 

   

the development of internal policies, procedures, and controls;

 

   

the designation of a compliance officer;

 

   

an ongoing employee training program; and

 

   

an independent audit function to test the programs.

Concentrations of Real Estate Loans

During 2006, the federal bank regulatory agencies released guidance on “Concentrations in Commercial Real Estate Lending” (the “Guidance”). The Guidance defines commercial real estate (“CRE”) loans as exposures secured by raw land, land development and construction (including 1-4 family residential construction), multi-family property, and non-farm nonresidential property where the primary or a significant source of repayment is derived from rental income associated with the property (i.e., loans for which 50 percent or more of the source of repayment comes from third party, non-affiliated, rental income) or the proceeds of the sale, refinancing, or permanent financing of the property. Loans to Real Estate Investment Trusts (“REIT”) and unsecured loans to developers that closely correlate to the inherent risks in CRE markets would also be considered CRE loans under the Guidance. Loans on owner occupied CRE are generally excluded.

The Guidance requires that appropriate processes be in place to identify, monitor and control risks associated with real estate lending concentrations. This could include enhanced strategic planning, CRE underwriting policies, risk management, internal controls, portfolio stress testing and risk exposure limits, as well as appropriately designed compensation and incentive programs. Higher allowances for loan losses and capital levels may also be required. The Guidance is triggered when CRE loan concentrations exceed either:

 

   

Total reported loans for construction, land development, and other land of 100% or more of a bank’s total risk-based capital; or

 

   

Total reported loans secured by multifamily and nonfarm nonresidential properties and loans for construction, land development, and other land of 300% or more of a bank’s total risk-based capital.

The Guidance also applies when a bank has a sharp increase in CRE loans or has significant concentrations of CRE secured by a particular property type.

The Guidance applies to our CRE lending activities due to the concentration in construction and land development loans. At December 31, 2011, we had outstanding $43.3 million in commercial construction and residential land development loans and $0 in residential construction loans to individuals, which represented approximately 94.0% of the Bank’s total risk based capital at December 31, 2011. Our total loans for multi-family, nonfarm, nonresidential properties, as well as construction, land development and land loans was $321.2 million, approximately 696.5% of the Bank’s total risk-based capital at December 31, 2011.

We have always had significant exposures to loans secured by commercial real estate due to the nature of our markets and the loan needs of both retail and commercial customers. We believe our long term experience in CRE lending, underwriting policies, internal controls, and other policies currently in place, as well as our loan and credit monitoring and administration procedures, are generally appropriate to managing our concentrations as required under the Guidance. The federal bank regulators are looking more closely at the risks of various assets and asset categories and risk management, and the need for additional rules regarding liquidity, as well as capital rules that better reflects risk.

 

16


Table of Contents

Fiscal and Monetary Policy

Banking is a business that depends on interest rate differentials. In general, the difference between the interest paid by a bank on its deposits and its other borrowings, and the interest received by a bank on its loans and securities holdings, constitutes the major portion of a bank’s earnings. Thus, the earnings and growth of Bancorp and the Bank are subject to the influence of economic conditions generally, both domestic and foreign, and also to the monetary and fiscal policies of the United States and its agencies, particularly the Federal Reserve. The Federal Reserve regulates the supply of money through various means, including open market dealings in United States government securities, the discount rate at which banks may borrow from the Federal Reserve, and the reserve requirements applicable to deposits.

Beginning in 2008, the Federal Reserve has taken a number of actions to keep interest rates low and provide liquidity to the markets. In addition to changing the discount rate and the terms of the discount window, the Federal Reserve has reduced the targeted federal funds rate to 0-0.25% and has announced that it expects to keep it within such range through late 2014. In addition, the Federal Reserve has engaged in two rounds of “quantitative easing” by buying bonds in the market, and Operation Twist, where the Federal Reserve bought longer term bonds while selling shorter term holdings in an effort to reduce long term interest rates.

Proposals to change the laws and regulations governing the banking industry are frequently introduced in Congress, in the state legislatures and by the various bank regulatory agencies. Accordingly, the scope of regulation and permissible activities of Bancorp and the Bank are subject to change by future federal and state legislation or regulation.

Substantially all of our revenues from external customers, long-lived assets, long-term customer relationships, mortgage and other servicing rights, deferred policy acquisition costs, and deferred tax assets are attributed to the United States.

For Additional Information

We are required to comply with the informational requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and, accordingly, we file annual reports, quarterly reports, current reports, proxy statements and other information with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). You may read or obtain a copy of these reports at the SEC’s public reference room at 100 F. Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549. You may obtain information on the operation of the public reference room and their copy charges by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC maintains a website that contains registration statements, reports, proxy information statements and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the SEC. The address of the website is http://www.sec.gov. You may also access our filings with the SEC through our website at http://www.jaxbank.com. Information on our website is not incorporated by reference into this report. You may also obtain copies of our filings with the SEC, including this Annual Report on Form 10-K, free of charge, by writing to Glenna Riesterer, Corporate Secretary, Jacksonville Bancorp, Inc., 100 North Laura Street, Jacksonville, Florida 32202.

 

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS

An investment in our common stock involves a number of risks. Before making an investment decision, you should carefully consider all of the risks, including those discussed below and elsewhere in this report. If any of the events contemplated by the risk factors discussed below actually impact us, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected. If this were to occur, the trading price of our common stock could decline.

 

17


Table of Contents

RISKS RELATED TO OUR BUSINESS

We operate in a heavily regulated environment.

We and our subsidiaries are regulated by several regulators, including the Federal Reserve, the FDIC and the OFR. Our success is affected by state and federal regulations affecting banks and bank holding companies, and the securities markets and securities and insurance regulators. Banking regulations are primarily intended to protect depositors, not shareholders. The financial services industry also is subject to frequent legislative and regulatory changes and proposed changes, including sweeping changes resulting from the Dodd-Frank Act, the effects of which cannot be predicted.

Difficult market conditions have adversely affected and may continue to affect us and the financial services industry.

We are exposed to downturns in the U.S. economy, and particularly the local markets in which we operate in Florida. Declines in the housing markets, including falling home prices and low sales volumes, as well as foreclosures, have negatively affected the credit performance of mortgage and commercial real estate loans and resulted in significant write-downs of asset values by financial institutions, including government-sponsored entities and major commercial and investment banks, as well as the Bank. These write-downs have caused many financial institutions to seek additional capital, to merge with larger and stronger institutions and, in some cases, to fail. Many lenders and institutional investors have reduced or ceased providing funding to borrowers, including other financial institutions. This market turmoil and the tightening of credit have led to increased levels of commercial and consumer delinquencies, lack of consumer confidence, increased market volatility, reduced real estate values and sales volumes, reduced credit availability for real estate borrowers and reductions in business activity generally. The resulting economic pressure on consumers and borrowers, and reduced confidence in the financial markets, has adversely affected our business, financial condition and results of operations. Although the difficult conditions in the financial markets appear to be stabilizing or improving, a continuation or worsening of present conditions would likely have adverse effects on us and other financial institutions. In particular:

 

   

Our ability to assess the creditworthiness of our customers or to estimate the values of our assets and collateral for loans will be reduced if the models and approaches we use become less predictive of future behaviors, valuations, assumptions or estimates. We estimate losses inherent in our credit exposure, the adequacy of our allowance for loan losses and the values of certain assets by using estimates based on difficult, subjective, and complex judgments, including estimates as to the effects of economic conditions and how these economic conditions might affect the ability of our borrowers to repay their loans or the value of assets.

 

   

Our ability to borrow from other financial institutions on favorable terms or at all, or to raise capital, could be adversely affected by disruptions in the capital markets or other events, including, among other things, changes in investor expectations.

 

   

Failures of other depository institutions in our markets and increasing consolidation of financial services companies as a result of current market conditions could increase our deposits and assets, necessitating additional capital, and may have unexpected adverse effects upon our ability to compete effectively or attract capital.

We have incurred losses in the past two years and there is no assurance that these losses will not continue in future periods.

We have incurred losses in the past two years and there is no assurance that these losses will not continue in future periods.

If economic conditions in the Jacksonville, Florida area further deteriorate, borrowers’ ability to repay loans may deteriorate and the underlying value of our loan collateral may decline.

Our success depends on the general economic conditions of the markets we serve. Unlike larger organizations that are more geographically diverse, our operations are concentrated in the Jacksonville, Florida area. As a result of our geographic concentration, our financial results depend largely upon economic conditions in this market area. If economic conditions in our market area continue to deteriorate, the number of borrowers that are unable

 

18


Table of Contents

to repay their loans on a timely basis could increase. This is particularly true because a number of our borrowers are small businesses that may be less able to withstand competitive, economic and financial pressures than larger borrowers. Consequently, their ability to repay loans may be especially adversely affected during economic downturns. This could lead to higher rates of loss and loan payment delinquencies. Moreover, the value of the real estate or other collateral that may secure our loans could be adversely affected if economic conditions in Jacksonville deteriorate further. If a borrower is unable to repay its loan and the value of the underlying real estate collateral declines to a point that is below the amount of our loan then we will suffer a loss.

Weaknesses in the real estate markets, including the secondary market for residential mortgage loans, have adversely affected us and may continue to adversely affect us.

The effects of ongoing mortgage market challenges, combined with the correction in residential real estate market prices and reduced levels of home sales, could result in further price reductions in single family home values, further adversely affecting the liquidity and value of collateral securing commercial loans for residential land acquisition, construction and development, as well as residential mortgage loans and residential property collateral securing loans that we hold, mortgage loan originations and gains on sale of mortgage loans. Declining real estate prices have caused higher delinquencies and losses on certain mortgage loans, generally, particularly second lien mortgages and home equity lines of credit. Significant ongoing disruptions in the secondary market for residential mortgage loans have limited the market for, and liquidity of, most residential mortgage loans other than conforming Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac loans. These trends could continue, notwithstanding various government programs to boost the residential mortgage markets and stabilize the housing markets. Declines in real estate values, home sales volumes and financial stress on borrowers as a result of job losses, interest rate resets on adjustable rate mortgage loans or other factors could have further adverse effects on borrowers that result in higher delinquencies and greater charge-offs in future periods, which would adversely affect our financial condition, including capital and liquidity, or results of operations. In the event our allowance for loan losses is insufficient to cover such losses, our earnings, capital and liquidity could be adversely affected.

Our concentration of real estate loans could result in further increased loan losses and needs for regulatory capital.

Our total real estate loans were 91.4% and 92.0% of our total loans at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. CRE loans are especially cyclical and pose risks of loss to us due to concentration levels and similar risks of the asset, especially since we had 66.4% and 65.3% of our loan portfolio in CRE loans at year-end 2011 and 2010, respectively. The banking regulators continue to give CRE lending greater scrutiny, and banks with higher levels of CRE loans are expected to implement improved underwriting, internal controls, risk management policies and portfolio stress testing, as well as higher levels of allowances for possible losses and capital levels as a result of CRE lending growth and exposures.

Liquidity risks could affect operations and jeopardize our financial condition.

Liquidity is essential to our business. An inability to raise funds through deposits, borrowings, the sale of loans and other sources could have a substantial negative effect on our liquidity. Our funding sources include federal funds purchases, securities sold under repurchase agreements, non-core deposits, and short- and long-term debt. The Bank is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta, where we can obtain advances collateralized with eligible assets. The Bank also can use eligible collateral to borrow from the Federal Reserve Bank of Atlanta. We maintain a portfolio of securities that can be used as a secondary source of liquidity. There are other sources of liquidity available to us should they be needed, including our ability to acquire additional non-core deposits (subject to applicable regulatory restrictions, if any), the issuance and sale of debt securities, and the issuance and sale of preferred or common securities in public or private transactions. Our access to funding sources in amounts adequate to finance or capitalize our activities or on terms which are acceptable to us could be impaired by factors that affect us specifically or the financial services industry or economy in general. Our ability to borrow could also be impaired by factors that are not specific to us, such as further disruption in the

 

19


Table of Contents

financial markets or negative views and expectations about the prospects for the financial services industry in light of recent turmoil faced by banking organizations and the continued deterioration in credit markets.

Bancorp has material company debt in the form of junior subordinated debt related to trust preferred securities and senior revolving debt.

Bancorp had approximately $16.0 million of junior subordinated debentures issued incident to trust preferred securities, and another $4.3 million of other liabilities, including revolving debt outstanding and owing to Bancorp directors at December 31, 2011. Bancorp historically has depended upon dividends from the Bank to pay its expenses, including interest on, and principal of, Bancorp’s indebtedness. Currently, the Bank cannot pay dividends on its common stock without prior regulatory approval while maintaining acceptable capital. Bancorp has depended on the revolving line of credit from its directors and cash on hand to pay its operating and interest expenses. Bancorp had approximately $1.9 million of cash on December 31, 2011, and $1.0 million of available funds under its revolving line of credit. There is no assurance that the amount of cash and borrowing capacity under the existing lines of credit will be sufficient to meet Bancorp’s expenses after 2012.

Changes in accounting and tax rules applicable to banks could adversely affect our financial conditions and results of operations.

From time to time, the FASB and SEC change the financial accounting and reporting standards that govern the preparation of our financial statements. These changes can be hard to predict and can materially impact how we record and report our financial condition and results of operations. In some cases, we could be required to apply a new or revised standard retroactively, resulting in us restating prior period financial statements.

The soundness of other financial institutions could adversely affect us.

Our ability to engage in routine funding and other transactions could be adversely affected by the actions and commercial soundness of other financial institutions. Financial services institutions are interrelated as a result of trading, clearing, counterparty or other relationships. As a result, defaults by, or even rumors or questions about, one or more financial services institutions, or the financial services industry generally, have led to market-wide liquidity problems, losses of depositor, creditor and counterparty confidence and could lead to losses or defaults by us or by other institutions. We could experience increases in deposits and assets as a result of other banks’ difficulties or failure, which would increase the capital we need to support such growth.

Reputational risk and social factors may impact our results.

Our ability to originate and maintain accounts is highly dependent upon customer and other external perceptions of our business practices and our financial health. Adverse perceptions regarding our business practices or our financial health could damage our reputation in both the customer and funding markets, leading to difficulties in generating and maintaining accounts as well as in financing them. Adverse developments with respect to the consumer or other external perceptions regarding the practices of our competitors, or our industry as a whole, may also adversely impact our reputation. Adverse impacts on our reputation, or the reputation of our industry, may also result in greater regulatory or legislative scrutiny, which may lead to laws, regulations or regulatory actions that may change or constrain the manner in which we engage with our customers and the products we offer. Adverse reputational impacts or events may also increase our litigation risk.

The loss of key personnel may adversely affect our operating results.

Our success is, and is expected to remain, highly dependent on our senior management team. We rely heavily on our senior management because, as a community bank, it is our management’s extensive knowledge of, and relationships in, the community that generate business for us. Successful execution of our growth strategy will continue to place significant demands on our management and the loss of any such person’s services may

 

20


Table of Contents

adversely affect our growth and profitability. We are primarily dependent upon the services of Price W. Schwenck, President and Chief Executive Officer; Scott M. Hall, Executive Vice President and Bank President; and Valerie A. Kendall, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer. If the services of these individuals were to become unavailable for any reason, or if we were unable to hire highly qualified and experienced personnel to replace them, our operating results could be adversely affected.

Our business may face risks with respect to future expansion.

We may continue to acquire other financial institutions or parts of financial institutions in the future and we may engage in additional de novo branch expansion. Acquisitions and mergers involve a number of risks, including:

 

   

the time and costs associated with identifying and evaluating potential acquisitions and merger partners, and negotiations and consummation of any such transactions;

 

   

the estimates and judgments used to evaluate credit, operations, management and market risks with respect to the target institution may not be accurate;

 

   

the time and costs of evaluating new markets, hiring experienced local management and opening new offices, and the time lags between these activities and the generation of sufficient assets and deposits to support the costs of the expansion;

 

   

our ability to finance an acquisition and possible dilution to our existing shareholders;

 

   

the diversion of our management’s attention to the negotiation of a transaction, and the integration of the operations and personnel of the combining businesses;

 

   

entry into new markets where we lack experience;

 

   

the introduction of new products and services into our business;

 

   

the incurrence and possible impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets associated with an acquisition and possible adverse effects on our results of operations; and

 

   

the risk of loss of key employees and customers.

We may incur substantial costs to expand and can give no assurance such expansion will result in the levels of profits we would expect. We may issue equity securities, including common stock, in connection with future acquisitions, which could cause ownership and economic dilution to our shareholders. There is no assurance that, following any future mergers or acquisitions, our integration efforts will be successful or, after giving effect to the acquisition, that we will achieve profits comparable to, or better than, our historical experience.

Customers may not repay their loans, which could have a material adverse effect on our profitability.

The risk that customers may fail to repay their loans is inherent in any bank lending relationship. If our loans are not repaid in accordance with the loan terms, it could have a material adverse effect on our earnings and overall financial condition as well as the value of our common stock.

Our concentration in loans secured by real estate may increase our credit losses, which would negatively affect our financial results.

Due to the nature of our market, a significant portion of our loan portfolio has historically been secured with real estate. As of December 31, 2011, approximately 56.5% of our $462.8 million loan portfolio was secured by commercial real estate.

The recent downturn in the real estate market, the continued deterioration in the value of collateral, and the local and national economic recessions have adversely affected our clients’ ability to sell or refinance real estate and

 

21


Table of Contents

repay their loans. If these conditions persist, or get worse, our clients’ ability to repay their loans will be further eroded. In the event we are required to foreclose on a property securing one of our mortgage loans or otherwise pursue our remedies in order to protect our investment, we may be unable to recover enough from the collateral to prevent a loss to us due to prevailing economic conditions, real estate values and sales volumes, lack of alternative financing and other factors associated with the ownership of real property.

The amount that we, as a mortgagee, may realize after a default and foreclosure is dependent upon factors outside of our control, including, but not limited to:

 

   

general or local economic conditions;

 

   

environmental cleanup liability;

 

   

neighborhood values;

 

   

real estate tax rates;

 

   

operating expenses of the foreclosed properties;

 

   

ability to obtain and maintain adequate occupancy of the properties;

 

   

zoning laws, governmental rules, regulations and fiscal policies; and

 

   

natural disasters.

Certain expenditures associated with the ownership of real estate, principally real estate taxes and maintenance costs, may adversely affect the income from the real estate. Therefore, the cost of operating real property may exceed the rental income earned from such property, and we may have to advance funds in order to protect our investment or we may be required to dispose of the real property at a loss.

We are exposed to risk of environmental liabilities with respect real estate owned.

In the course of our business, we foreclose and take title to real estate, and could be subject to environmental liabilities with respect to these properties. We have been aggressively managing problem assets and, as a result, we have taken title to the underlying collateral for a number of underperforming loans. As of December 31, 2011, we had approximately $8.0 million categorized as “other real estate owned.” We may be held liable to a governmental entity or to third persons for property damage, personal injury, investigation and clean-up costs incurred in connection with environmental contamination, or may be required to investigate or clean up hazardous or toxic substances, or chemical releases at a property. The costs associated with investigation or remediation activities could be substantial. In addition, as the owner or former owner of a contaminated site, we may be subject to common law claims by third parties based on damages and costs resulting from environmental contamination emanating from the property. If we ever become subject to significant environmental liabilities, our business, financial condition, liquidity, results of operations and prospects could be materially and adversely affected.

We are required to maintain capital to meet regulatory requirements, and if we fail to maintain sufficient capital, whether due to losses, an inability to raise additional capital or otherwise, our financial condition, liquidity and results of operations, as well as our regulatory requirements, would be adversely affected.

Both Bancorp and the Bank must meet regulatory capital requirements and maintain sufficient capital and liquidity and our regulators may modify and adjust such requirements in the future. The Bank has agreed in Memorandum with the FDIC and the OFR to maintain a total risk-based capital ratio of 10.00% and a Tier 1 leverage or “core” ratio of 8.00% after January 31, 2010. At December 31, 2011, we were adequately capitalized for regulatory purposes, and does not meet the capital requirements of the Memorandum. If this noncompliance or other events cause the Bank to become subject to formal enforcement action, the FDIC could determine that the bank is no longer “well capitalized” for regulatory

 

22


Table of Contents

purposes. Our failure to remain “well capitalized” for bank regulatory purposes could affect customer confidence, our ability to grow, our costs of funds and FDIC insurance costs, our ability to make distributions on our trust preferred securities, and our business, results of operation, liquidity and financial condition, generally. If we were deemed “adequately capitalized”, we could only accept or renew brokered deposits if we received a waiver from the FDIC and we could only pay rates not more than 75 basis points over the local or national market for similar deposits. Any lower levels of capital would preclude our future use of brokered deposits. At December 31, 2011, the Bank had approximately $17.7 million of brokered deposits, and $50.3 million of non-brokered deposits obtained outside our local markets.

We expect to need to raise additional capital in 2012 to improve our asset quality, Bancorp’s liquidity and to meet our regulatory capital requirements. Our ability to raise additional capital will depend on conditions in the capital markets, economic conditions and a number of other factors, including investor perceptions regarding the banking industry and market condition, and governmental activities, many of which are outside our control, and on our financial condition and performance. Accordingly, we cannot assure you that we will be able to raise sufficient additional capital as needed on terms acceptable to us. If we fail to meet our capital and other regulatory requirements, our financial condition, liquidity and results of operations would be materially and adversely affected.

Additional capital may not be available when needed, and if available, could result in dilution of our shareholders’ ownership interests.

Any capital that is generated by our operations over the next several years is expected to be needed to support our operations. Additionally, our Board may determine from time to time that, we need to obtain additional capital through the issuance of additional shares of our common stock or other securities. These issuances likely would dilute the ownership interest of our then-current shareholders, including the per share book value of our common stock and would only require shareholder approval under certain circumstances. The terms of security issuances by us in future capital transactions may be more favorable to new investors, and may include preferences, superior voting rights and the issuance of warrants, which may have a further dilutive effect. Also, we may incur substantial costs in pursuing future capital financing, including investment banking fees, legal fees, accounting fees, securities law compliance fees, printing and distribution expenses and other costs, whether or not an offering is completed successfully. We may also be required to recognize non-cash expenses in connection with certain securities we issue, such as convertible notes and warrants, which may adversely impact our financial condition.

All of our loan portfolios have been affected by the sustained economic weakness of our markets and the effects of higher unemployment rates. Our commercial and residential real estate and real estate-related loans have been especially affected by adverse market conditions, including reduced real estate prices and sales levels.

All our loans, but particularly our commercial and residential real estate and real estate-related loans, especially construction and development loans, have been affected adversely by the on-going correction in real estate prices, reduced levels of sales during the recession, and the economic weakness of our Florida markets and the effects of higher unemployment rates. We may have to increase our allowance for loan losses through additional provisions for loan losses because of continued adverse changes in the economy, market conditions, and events that adversely affect our customers or markets. Our business, financial condition, liquidity, capital (especially tangible common equity), and results of operations could be materially adversely affected by additional provisions for loan losses.

We are subject to internal control reporting requirements that increase compliance costs and failure to comply timely could adversely affect our reputation and the value of our securities.

We are required to comply with various corporate governance and financial reporting requirements under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as well as rules and regulations adopted by the SEC, the Public Company

 

23


Table of Contents

Accounting Oversight Board and Nasdaq. In particular, we are required to include management reports on internal controls as part of our annual report on Form 10-K pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. The SEC also has proposed a number of new rules or regulations requiring additional disclosure, including compensation rules under the Dodd-Frank Act. We expect to continue to spend significant amounts of time and money on compliance with these rules. Our failure to track and comply with the various rules may materially adversely affect our reputation, ability to obtain the necessary certifications to financial statements, and the value of our securities.

Current levels of market volatility have been significant, and negative conditions and new developments in the financial services industry and the credit markets have and may continue to adversely affect our operations, financial performance and stock price.

The capital and credit markets have been experiencing volatility and disruption for the past several years. The markets have placed downward pressure on stock prices and the availability of capital, credit and liquidity has been adversely affected for many issuers, in some cases, without regard to those issuers’ underlying financial condition or performance. If current levels of market disruption and volatility continue or worsen, we may experience adverse effects, which may be material, on our ability to maintain or access capital and credit, and on our business, financial condition (including liquidity) and results of operations.

Uncertainty about the economy and its direction and growth as well as high unemployment have adversely affected the financial markets. Loan portfolio performances have deteriorated at many financial institutions, including ours, resulting from, among other factors, a weak economy and a decline in the value of the collateral supporting loans, especially with respect to Florida real estate. Stock prices of bank holding companies, like us, have been negatively affected by the recent and current conditions in the financial markets, as has our ability to raise capital as needed, compared to the period preceeding the latest economic recession.

Our location on the east coast of Florida makes us susceptible to weather-related problems.

Our Bank branches and corporate headquarters are located in the Jacksonville, Florida area and are vulnerable to tropical storms, hurricanes, tornadoes and flood and wind damage. We cannot predict whether or to what extent damage that may be caused by future weather events will affect our operations or the economies in our current or future market areas, but such weather events could result in a decline in loan originations, a decline in the value or destruction of properties securing our loans and an increase in the delinquencies, foreclosures or loan losses. Our business or results of operations may be adversely affected by these and other negative effects of future weather events. Many of our customers have incurred significantly higher property and casualty insurance premiums on their properties located in our markets, which may adversely affect real estate sales and values in our markets.

Recent legislation and government actions in response to market and economic conditions may significantly affect our operations, financial condition and earnings.

The Dodd-Frank Act restructures the regulation of depository institutions and the financial services industry. The CFPB was created largely to administer and enforce consumer and fair lending laws, a function that has historically been performed by the depository institution regulators. The full impact of the Dodd-Frank Act on our business and operations will not be known for years until regulations implementing the act are written and adopted. The Dodd-Frank Act may have a material impact on our operations, particularly through increased compliance costs resulting from possible changes to future consumer and fair lending regulations. The Dodd-Frank Act also permanently increased the limits on federal deposit insurance to $250,000.

In addition, the federal government is coordinating reforms with other countries. There can be no assurance that these various initiatives or any other future legislative or regulatory initiatives will be successful at improving economic conditions globally, nationally or in our markets, or that the measures adopted will not adversely affect our operations, financial condition, and earnings.

 

24


Table of Contents

The costs of FDIC assessments have increased substantially since 2008 and are expected to continue to adversely affect our results of operations.

Regulatory assessments increased substantially, from $417,000 in 2008 to $1.0 million in each of 2009, 2010 and 2011. We expect to pay higher FDIC premiums in the future. Bank failures have significantly depleted the FDIC’s DIF and reduced its ratio of reserves to insured deposits. The FDIC has adopted a revised risk-based deposit insurance assessment schedule which raised deposit insurance premiums, and the FDIC has also implemented a special assessment on all depository institutions. Additional special assessments may be imposed by the FDIC for future periods. These actions have significantly increased our noninterest expense in 2009, 2010 and 2011 and are expected to increase our costs for the foreseeable future, especially with our levels of problem assets and related risks. Such costs will continue to adversely affect our results of operations.

Increases to our allowance for loan losses would reduce our earnings.

Our success depends to a significant extent upon the quality of our assets, particularly loans. In originating loans, there is a substantial likelihood that credit losses will be experienced. The risk of loss will vary with, among other things, general economic conditions, the type of loan being made, the creditworthiness of the borrower over the term of the loan and, in the case of a collateralized loan, the quality of the collateral for the loan. Management maintains an allowance for loan losses based on, among other things, anticipated experience, an evaluation of economic conditions, and regular reviews of delinquencies and loan portfolio quality. Based upon such factors, management makes various assumptions and judgments about the ultimate collectibility of the loan portfolio and provides an allowance for probable loan losses based upon a percentage of the outstanding balances and for specific loans when their ultimate collectibility is considered questionable. Our regulators may also require us to add to our provision for loan losses in the ordinary course of their review of the Bank.

As of December 31, 2011, our allowance for loan losses was $13.0 million, which represented 2.82% of our total amount of loans. We had approximately $46.9 million in nonperforming loans as of December 31, 2011 plus 8.0 million of real estate owned assets, compared to $35.0 million and $5.7 million, respectively, as of December 31, 2010. We monitor our asset quality and seek to maintain an adequate loan loss allowance. The allowance may not prove sufficient to cover future loan losses. Further, although management uses the best information available to make determinations with respect to the allowance for loan losses, future adjustments may be necessary if economic conditions differ substantially from the assumptions used or adverse developments arise with respect to our nonperforming or performing loans. Accordingly, the allowance for loan losses may not be adequate to cover loan losses, or significant increases to the allowance may be required in the future if economic conditions should worsen. Material additions to our allowance for loan losses would result in a decrease of our net income and our capital, among other adverse consequences.

Nonperforming assets take significant time to resolve and adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

At December 31, 2011, our nonperforming loans were $46.9 million, or 10.1% of our gross loan portfolio, and our nonperforming assets (which include nonperforming loans) were $54.9 million, or 9.8% of total assets. In addition, we had approximately $7.8 million in accruing loans that were 30-89 days delinquent at December 31, 2011.

Until economic and market conditions improve, we may continue to incur additional losses relating to nonperforming loans including losses on potential disposition of loans and foreclosed assets. We do not record interest income on nonperforming loans or other real estate owned, thereby adversely affecting our income, and increasing our loan administration costs. We incur the costs of funding problem assets and other real estate owned, however. When we take collateral in foreclosures and similar proceedings, we are required to mark the collateral to our then fair value less expected selling costs, which, when compared to the principal amount of the loan, may result in a loss. In addition, given the increased levels of mortgage foreclosures in our market areas,

 

25


Table of Contents

the foreclosure process is now taking longer than it has in the recent past; this has served to increase the cost of foreclosures and the time needed to take title to the underlying property. Once we take possession to foreclosed real estate, the costs of maintenance, taxes, security and potential environmental liability can be significant and serve to decrease the amount of recovery we may realize upon a sale of the property. As described above, our nonperforming assets can adversely affect our net income in a variety of ways, which negatively affects our results of operations and financial condition. While we have used loan sales, workouts, restructurings and otherwise to improve our levels of problem assets, decreases in the value of these assets, or the underlying collateral, or in the related borrowers’ performance or financial condition, whether or not due to economic and market conditions beyond our control, could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition. In addition, the resolution of nonperforming assets requires significant commitments of time from management and our directors, which can be detrimental to the performance of their other responsibilities. There can be no assurance that we will not experience further increases in nonperforming loans in the future, or that nonperforming assets will not result in further losses in the future.

We have had to adjust the valuation allowance against our deferred tax assets and reduce our deferred tax asset to zero.

We evaluate the deferred tax assets for recoverability based on all available evidence. This process involves significant management judgment about assumptions that are subject to change from period to period based on changes in tax laws or variances between the future projected operating performance and the actual results as of the end of 2011, we determined to establish a valuation allowance for all our deferred tax assets, based on available evidence at the time, that it was more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets would not be realized. In determining the more-likely-than-not criterion, we evaluate all positive and negative evidence as of the end of each reporting period. Future adjustments, either increases or decreases, to the deferred tax asset valuation allowance will be determined based upon changes in the expected realization of the net deferred tax assets. The realization of the deferred tax assets ultimately depends on the existence of sufficient taxable income in either the carry-back or carry-forward periods under the tax law. Due to significant estimates utilized in establishing the valuation allowance and the potential for changes in facts and circumstances, we may or may not be able to recapture these deferred tax assets in future periods.

We could be negatively impacted by changes in interest rates and economic conditions.

Our results of operations and financial condition may be materially and adversely affected by changes in prevailing economic conditions, including continued declines in real estate market values and sales volumes, rapid changes in interest rates or the yield curve, and the monetary and fiscal policies of the federal government. Our profitability is largely a function of the spread between the interest rates earned on investments and loans and those paid on deposits and other liabilities. Changes in interest rates may negatively affect our earnings and the value of our assets. Changes in interest rates may affect our levels of interest income, interest expense and net interest spread and margin. If our assets reprice more slowly than our deposits and other liabilities, our earnings will be adversely affected if interest rates rise, but will benefit if the interest rates on our earning assets rise more quickly than the interest rates we pay on our deposits and other liabilities. Most banks, including us, have experienced compression and reduced interest spreads and margins as a result of current historically low interest rates. Our interest spreads and net interest margins are also affected by the shape of the yield curve, which is affected especially by monetary policy, including the Federal Reserve’s actions to keep interest rates low in recent years and its stated intent to maintain this stance into late 2014. While we seek to manage our interest-rate risk, these measures are based on estimates and assumptions that may not be realized.

We are dependent on the operating performance of the Bank to provide us with operating funds in the form of cash dividends, and the Bank is subject to regulatory limitations regarding the payment of dividends.

We are a bank holding company and are dependent upon dividends from the Bank for funds to pay expenses and, if declared, cash dividends to shareholders. A Florida state-chartered commercial bank may not pay cash

 

26


Table of Contents

dividends that would cause the bank’s capital to fall below the minimum amount required by federal or state law. Accordingly, commercial banks may only pay dividends out of the total of current net profits plus retained net profits of the preceding two years to the extent it deems expedient, except no bank may pay a dividend at any time that the total of net income for the current year when combined with retained net income from the preceding two years produces a loss. The Bank cannot currently pay dividends without prior regulatory approval. Therefore, the Bank may not be able to provide us with adequate funds to conduct our ongoing operations, which would adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

We compete in a highly competitive market.

We face competition for deposits, loans and other financial services from other community banks, regional banks, out-of-state and in-state national banks, savings banks, thrifts, credit unions and other financial institutions as well as other entities that provide financial services, including consumer finance companies, securities brokerage firms, mortgage brokers, insurance companies, mutual funds, and other lending sources and alternative investment providers. Some of these financial institutions and financial services organizations are not subject to the same degree of regulation as we are. Many of our competitors offer products and services different from us, and have substantially greater resources, name recognition and market presence than we do, which benefits them in attracting business. Larger competitors may be able to price loans and deposits more aggressively than we can, and have broader customer and geographic bases to draw upon.

Our lending limit restricts our ability to compete with larger financial institutions.

Our per customer lending limit is approximately $10.0 million, subject to further reduction based on regulatory criteria relevant to any particular loan. Accordingly, the size of loans which we can offer to potential customers is less than the size that many of our competitors with larger lending limits are able to offer. This limit has affected and will continue to affect our ability to seek relationships with larger businesses in the market. We seek to accommodate loans in excess of our lending limit through the sale of portions of such loans to other banks although this market has been disrupted from time to time in recent years, as other banks have exited the market or failed, and we may lose loans to competitors.

We may need to spend significant money to keep up with technology so we can remain competitive.

The banking industry continues to undergo rapid technological changes with frequent introduction of new technology-driven products and services. In addition to providing better service to customers, the effective use of technology increases efficiency and may enable us to reduce costs. Our future success depends in part upon our ability to address the needs of our customers by using technology to provide products and services that will satisfy customer demands for convenience as well as to create additional operating efficiencies. Many of our competitors have substantially greater resources to invest in technological improvements. Such technology may permit competitors to perform certain functions at a lower cost than we can. We may not be able to implement new technology-driven products and services effectively or efficiently or be successful in marketing these to our customers.

Periodic testing of the carrying value of our goodwill could result in impairment of goodwill.

Goodwill is initially recorded at fair value and is not amortized, but is reviewed for impairment at least annually or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. Given the current economic environment and conditions in the financial markets, we could be required to evaluate the recoverability of goodwill prior to our normal annual assessment if we experience disruption in our business, unexpected significant declines in our operating results, or continued market capitalization declines. This testing could result in goodwill impairment charges in the future. These non-cash impairment charges could adversely affect our results of operations in future periods, and could also significantly impact certain financial ratios and limit our ability to obtain financing or raise capital in the future. Although a goodwill impairment

 

27


Table of Contents

charge reduces total recorded equity capital, it does not adversely affect the calculation of our regulatory capital, which excludes goodwill from both assets and capital. As of December 31, 2011, we had $3.1 million in goodwill, which represented approximately .56% of our total assets.

Confidential customer information transmitted through the Bank’s online banking service could be vulnerable to security breaches and computer viruses, which could expose the Bank to litigation and adversely affect its reputation and ability to generate deposits.

The Bank provides its customers the ability to bank online. The secure transmission of confidential information over the Internet is a critical element of online banking. The Bank’s network or those of its customers could be vulnerable to unauthorized access, computer viruses, phishing schemes and other security problems. The Bank may be required to spend significant capital and other resources to protect against the threat of security breaches and computer viruses, or to alleviate problems caused by security breaches or viruses. To the extent that the Bank’s activities or the activities of its customers involve the storage and transmission of confidential information, security breaches and viruses could expose the Bank to claims, litigation and other possible liabilities. Any inability to prevent security breaches or computer viruses could also cause existing customers to lose confidence in the Bank’s systems and could adversely affect its reputation and its ability to generate deposits.

RISKS RELATED TO OUR COMMON STOCK

Sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the open market by former ABI shareholders or other significant shareholders could depress our stock price.

Other than shares held by persons who are affiliates of Bancorp after the merger with ABI, shares of our common stock that were issued to former ABI shareholders in the merger are freely tradable without restrictions or further registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. We issued 249,483 shares of our common stock in the ABI merger. Also in connection with the $35.0 million financing, we registered 3,888,889 shares of our common stock for resale by the purchasers in the stock purchase, which can be freely traded by such purchasing shareholders. If the former ABI shareholders and/or other shareholders sell substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market, the market price of our common stock may decrease. These sales might also make it more difficult for us to sell equity or equity-related securities at a time and price that we otherwise would deem appropriate.

We may issue additional shares of common or preferred stock securities, which may dilute the interests of our shareholders, and may adversely affect the market price of our common stock.

We are currently authorized to issue up to 40 million shares of common stock, of which 5,889,822 shares were outstanding as of February 29, 2012, and up to 10 million shares of preferred stock, none of which were issued or outstanding. Our board of directors has the authority, and in the case of a public offering or nonconvertible preferred stock, without action or vote of the shareholders, to issue all or part of the authorized but unissued common shares, and to establish the terms of any series of preferred stock. These authorized but unissued shares could be issued on terms or in circumstances that could dilute the interests of other shareholders, including the book value of each share of our common stock.

Our common stock is thinly traded and, therefore, shareholders and investors may have difficulty selling shares.

Our common stock is thinly traded, which can be more volatile than stock trading in an active public market. We cannot predict the extent to which an active public market for our common stock will develop or be sustained. As a consequence, there may be periods of several days or more when trading activity in our shares is minimal or non-existent, and our shareholders may not be able to sell their shares at the volumes, prices, or times that they desire, or at all.

 

28


Table of Contents

We do not anticipate paying dividends for the foreseeable future.

We do not anticipate that dividends will be paid on our common stock for the foreseeable future and intend to retain all earnings, if any, to support our business.

The market price of our common stock may be volatile.

The market price of our common stock is subject to fluctuations as a result of a variety of factors, some of which may be beyond our control. Factors affecting the volatility of the trading price of our common stock include:

 

   

quarterly variations in our operating results or those of other banking institutions;

 

   

changes in local, regional and national economic conditions, financial markets or the banking industry;

 

   

announcements of new products or services by us or our competitors; and

 

   

other developments affecting us or other financial institutions.

The trading volume of our common stock is limited, which may increase the volatility of the market price for our stock. In addition, the stock market has experienced significant price and volume fluctuations in recent years. This volatility has had a significant effect on the market prices of securities issued by many companies for reasons not necessarily related to the operating performance of these companies. These broad market and industry factors may seriously harm the market price of our common stock, regardless of our operating performance. For example, the trading price of our common stock could decline in reaction to events that negatively affect other companies in our industry even if these events do not directly affect us at all. In the past, many companies that have experienced volatility in the market price of their stock have been subject to securities class action litigation. We may be a target of this type of litigation in the future. Securities litigation against us could result in substantial costs and divert our management’s attention from other business concerns, which could seriously harm our business.

Shares of common stock are not an insured deposit.

Shares of our common stock are not a bank deposit and are not insured or guaranteed by the FDIC or any other government agency. Investment in our common stock is subject to investment risk, which could result in the loss of the entire investment.

 

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

None.

 

29


Table of Contents
ITEM 2. PROPERTIES

 

Property Location in Jacksonville

   Year Location
Established
   Approximate
Square Footage
   Owned / Leased

Headquarters/Branch Office(1)

100 North Laura Street

   2004    14,815    Lease

Branch Office

10325 San Jose Boulevard

   1998    3,567    Own

Branch Office

12740-200 Atlantic Boulevard

   2000    3,080    Own

Branch Office(2)

4343 Roosevelt Boulevard

   2005    3,127    Lease

Branch Office(3)

7880 Gate Parkway

   2006    9,372    Lease

Branch Office

1315 South 3rd Street

   2010    4,588    Own

Branch Office

560 Atlantic Boulevard

   2010    1,968    Own

Branch Office(4)

14288 Beach Boulevard

   2011    3,883    Lease

Branch Office(5)

1790 Kernan Boulevard

   2010    3,120    Own Building/Lease
Land

 

(1) 

The Bank had a ten-year lease that expired September 30, 2014 for our headquarters location which specified rent of $20.00 per square foot and was subject to annual increases of $0.50 per square foot on October 1st of each year through September 14, 2012. The Bank amended this lease effective April 25, 2011 to extend the lease term until September 30, 2016. The Bank has five renewal options, each to extend the term of the lease for five years, the first option term commencing on October 1, 2014, and the last option term ending on September 30, 2039.

(2) 

The Bank took occupancy of this branch on November 1, 2005 and opened for business on February 6, 2006. The Bank has a ten-year lease that expires November 1, 2015 for this branch, which specifies rent of $90,000 per annum and is subject to annual increases of 3% on November 1 of each year through November 1, 2015. The Bank has four renewal options, each to extend the term of the lease for five years, the first option term commencing on November 1, 2015, and the last option term ending on November 1, 2035.

(3) 

The Bank took occupancy of this branch on January 13, 2006 and opened for business on June 9, 2006. The Bank has a ten-year lease that expires January 13, 2016 for this branch, which specifies rent of $210,870 per annum and is subject to annual increases on the anniversary date to the extent of any percentage change that occurs in the consumer price index for all urban consumers. The Bank has two renewal options, each to extend the term of the lease for five years, the first option term commencing on January 13, 2016, and the last option term ending on January 13, 2026.

(4) 

The Bank took occupancy of this branch on July 31, 2011 and opened for business on November 1, 2011. The Bank has a ten-year lease that expires on October 31, 2021 for this branch, which specifies rent of $81,543 per annum and is subject to an increase of 10% on the fifth anniversary of the rent commencement date. Due to the proximity of this branch to the Bank’s branch located at 13799 Beach Boulevard, the Bank cancelled the lease at 13799 Beach Boulevard effective November 23, 2011 and closed this location for business on October 28, 2011.

 

30


Table of Contents
(5) 

The Bank took occupancy of this branch on November 16, 2010 as a result of the merger with ABI. The Bank has a 20-year lease that expires August 22, 2022 for this branch, which specifies rent of $75,000 per annum and is subject to a 12.5% increase every five lease years. The Bank has two renewal options, each to extend the term of the lease for ten years, the first option term commencing on August 22, 2022, and the last option term ending on August 22, 2042.

 

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

From time to time, as a normal incident of the nature and kind of business in which we are engaged, various claims or charges are asserted against us and/or our directors, officers or affiliates. In the ordinary course of business, the Company is also subject to regulatory examinations, information gathering requests, inquiries and investigations. Other than ordinary routine litigation incidental to our business, management believes after consultation with legal counsel that there are no pending legal proceedings against Bancorp or any of its subsidiaries that will, individually or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on the consolidated results of operations or financial condition of the Company.

 

ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

Not applicable.

 

31


Table of Contents

PART II

 

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

Our common stock is traded on the Nasdaq Stock Market (Nasdaq Global Market) under the symbol JAXB. The following table shows the high and low sale prices of our common stock for each quarter of 2010 and 2011.

 

Year

  

Quarter

  

High

  

Low

2010

   First    $11.00    $9.07
   Second    $12.86    $8.56
   Third    $10.90    $7.37
   Fourth    $9.00    $7.00

2011

   First    $7.40    $6.49
   Second    $6.99    $6.00
   Third    $6.59    $3.95
   Fourth    $4.89    $2.90

As of February 29, 2012, Bancorp had 5,889,822 outstanding shares of common stock, par value $.01 per share, held by approximately 670 registered shareholders of record.

It is the policy of Bancorp’s Board to reinvest earnings for such period of time as is necessary to ensure its successful operations. There are no current plans to initiate payment of cash dividends, and future dividend policy will depend on Bancorp’s earnings, capital and regulatory requirements, financial condition, and other factors considered relevant by Bancorp’s Board. For more information regarding Bancorp’s ability to pay dividends and restrictions thereon, please refer to the section captioned Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations under Item 7 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, which information is hereby incorporated by reference.

COMPANY PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

The Company did not repurchase any shares of its common stock during the last quarter of 2011.

 

32


Table of Contents
ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

The selected consolidated financial data presented below as of and for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, 2009, 2008 and 2007 have been derived from our Consolidated Financial Statements. The ratios and other data are unaudited and have been derived from our records. The information presented below should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

At or for the Year Ended December 31,

(Dollars in thousands, except per share figures)

 

      2011(1)     2010(1)     2009     2008     2007  

Financial Condition Data:

          

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 9,955      $ 20,297      $ 5,647      $ 10,148      $ 6,035   

Securities, available for sale and held to maturity

     63,140        62,356        22,171        29,734        29,777   

Loans held-for-sale

     —          13,910        —          —          —     

Loans, net

     449,583        499,696        384,133        374,993        339,265   

Goodwill

     3,137        12,498        —          —          —     

Other intangible assets, net

     1,774        2,376        —          —          —     

All other assets

     33,836        40,700        26,860        19,124        16,885   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 561,425      $ 651,833      $ 438,811      $ 433,999      $ 391,962   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deposit accounts

     473,907        562,187        370,635        345,544        288,893   

Other borrowings

     55,837        34,886        39,777        60,550        74,830   

All other liabilities

     2,337        2,901        1,131        1,060        1,610   

Shareholders’ equity

     29,344        51,859        27,268        26,845        26,629   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

   $ 561,425      $ 651,833      $ 438,811      $ 433,999      $ 391,962   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     2011     2010     2009     2008     2007  

Operations Data:

          

Total interest income

   $ 30,744      $ 23,962      $ 23,204      $ 25,563      $ 26,808   

Total interest expense

     7,016        8,282        9,729        13,560        14,419   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income

     23,728        15,680        13,475        12,003        12,389   

Provision for loan losses

     12,392        16,988        4,361        3,570        542   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income (loss) after provision for loan losses

     11,336        (1,308     9,114        8,433        11,847   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Noninterest income

     1,531        1,174        841        1,178        1,184   

Noninterest expenses

     30,152        17,124        9,983        9,805        8,485   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes (benefit)

     (17,285     (17,258     (28     (194     4,546   

Income tax expense (benefit)

     6,774        (5,816     (104     (229     1,588   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ (24,059   $ (11,442   $ 76      $ 35      $ 2,958   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Per Share Data:

          

Basic earnings (loss) per share

   $ (4.09   $ (5.07   $ .04      $ .02      $ 1.70   

Diluted earnings (loss) per share

     (4.09     (5.07     .04        .02        1.63   

Dividends declared per share

     —          —          —          —          —     

Total shares outstanding at end of year

     5,889,822        5,888,809        1,749,243        1,748,599        1,746,331   

 

33


Table of Contents
     2011     2010     2009     2008     2007  

Ratios and Other Data:

          

Book value per share at end of year

   $ 4.98      $ 8.81      $ 15.59      $ 15.35      $ 15.25   

Return on average assets

     (3.93 )%      (2.42 %)      0.02     0.01     0.82

Return on average equity

     (44.53 )%      (37.52 %)      0.28     0.13     12.08

Average equity to average assets

     8.82     6.46     6.22     6.40     6.76

Interest rate spread during the period

     3.96     3.28     2.89     2.46     2.90

Net yield on average interest-earning assets

     4.19     3.52     3.23     2.97     3.56

Noninterest expenses to average assets

     4.92     3.62     2.30     2.33     2.34

Average interest-earning assets to average interest-bearing liabilities

     1.19        1.13        1.15        1.15        1.16   

Nonperforming loans and foreclosed assets as a percentage of total assets at end of year(2) .

     9.77     6.25     2.91     2.89     0.18

Allowance for loan losses as a percentage of total loans at end of year(2)

     2.82     2.55     1.75     1.24     0.91

Total number of banking offices(3)

     8        9        5        5        5   

 

(1)

Amounts reflect merger with ABI.

(2) 

Nonperforming loans and total loans exclude amounts classified as loans held-for-sale as of December 31, 2010.

(3)

Amount represents banking offices operating at December 31 of each year.

 

34


Table of Contents
ITEM 7.

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

General

Jacksonville Bancorp, Inc. (“Bancorp”) was incorporated on October 24, 1997 and was organized to conduct the operations of The Jacksonville Bank (the “Bank”). The Bank is a Florida state-chartered commercial bank that opened for business on May 28, 1999, and its deposits are insured by the FDIC. The Bank provides a variety of community banking services to businesses and individuals in Duval County, Florida. During 2000, the Bank formed Fountain Financial, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary. The primary business activities of Fountain Financial, Inc. consist of the referral of the Bank’s customers to third parties for the sale of insurance and investment products.

Business Strategy

Our primary business segment is community banking and consists of attracting deposits from the general public and using such deposits and other sources of funds to originate commercial business loans, commercial real estate loans, residential mortgage loans and a variety of consumer loans. We also invest in mortgage-backed securities and securities backed by the United States Government, and agencies thereof, as well as other securities.

Our goal is to sustain profitable, controlled growth by focusing on increasing our loan and deposit market share in the Northeast Florida market by developing new financial products, services and delivery channels; closely managing yields on earning assets and rates on interest-bearing liabilities; focusing on noninterest income opportunities; controlling the growth of noninterest expenses; and maintaining strong asset quality. Our current strategy is to focus on reducing our overall exposure to substandard assets in a prudent manner by taking into consideration the preservation of our capital. In addition, our strategy focuses on disposing of nonperforming assets and replacing them with strong performing assets over the year ahead.

2011 Executive Overview

The following were significant factors related to 2011 results as compared to 2010. The 2011 performance is reflective of the current low interest rate environment which has placed significant pressure on our margin, largely on the repricing of our assets. It also demonstrates the continued depressed real estate market that has been ongoing in the market in which the Bank operates. During 2011, our total gross loans decreased by $50.2 million, or 9.8%.

Total deposits decreased by $88.3 million, or 15.7%, during 2011. This amount reflects an approximate $27.9 million in national and brokered CD run-off. The following are changes in the deposit categories:

 

   

Noninterest-bearing deposits increased $10.4 million, or 14.4%. The noninterest-bearing deposits growth is a result of the Bank’s strategy to focus its sales efforts on gaining low cost deposits.

 

   

Money market, savings and NOW deposits decreased by $12.0 million, or 5.7%. This decrease is primarily the result of a large deposit at the prior year end that then left the Bank within 30 days.

 

   

The certificate of deposit portfolio decreased by $86.7 million, or 31.1%. The time-deposit decrease is primarily the result of the Bank’s strategy to utilize excess cash and focus on obtaining more local non-maturity core deposits while also ensuring the Company maintains their liquidity management.

 

35


Table of Contents
   

Borrowed funds, primarily consisting of Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) advances and subordinated debentures, totaled $34.9 million at year end 2010, compared to $55.8 million at the end of 2011. During late 2011, the Bank increased its daily advance with FHLB to $18.6 million at December 31, 2011 as well as its loans from related parties from $800,000 at December 31, 2010 to $3.0 million at December 31, 2011.

Total shareholders’ equity decreased $22.5 million, or 43.4%, during 2011, primarily as a result of the net loss for the year ended December 31, 2011 of $24.1 million offset by an increase in accumulated other comprehensive income of $1.5 million. Management remains committed to retaining sufficient equity to protect shareholders and depositors, provide for reasonable growth and fully comply with regulatory requirements.

The allowance for loan loss as a percentage of total loans outstanding was 2.82% at December 31, 2011, compared to 2.55% at December 31, 2010. During 2011, the Company had charge-offs of $12.8 million, recoveries of $384,000 and recorded a provision for loan loss of $12.4 million, compared to charge-offs of $10.9 million, recoveries of $134,000 and provision for loan losses of $17.0 million in 2010. Approximately $6.8 million of the 2010 charge-offs were related to loans classified as held-for-sale during the fourth quarter of 2010 that were recorded at the lower of cost or fair value. When comparing what remained of charge-offs in 2010 of $4.1 million to the 2011 charge-offs of $12.8 million, the increase is the result of increased foreclosures in 2011 as compared to 2010 due to the ongoing depressed real estate market.

Our net loss was $24.1 million in 2011 as compared to a net loss of $11.4 million in 2010. Our basic and diluted loss per share was $4.09 in 2011 as compared to a basic and diluted loss per share of $5.07 in 2010. Return on average assets and return on average equity were (3.93)% and (44.53)%, respectively, in 2011 compared to (2.42)% and (37.52)%, respectively, in 2010. The net loss was driven primarily by an increase in the income tax expense, a goodwill impairment charge as well as the provision for loan losses. The level of provision for loan losses continues to be impacted by the depressed real estate market in which the Company operates. The increase in income tax expense in comparison to the prior year was mostly the result of recording a full valuation allowance on the Company’s deferred tax asset. This was offset by the acquisition of ABI in the fourth quarter of 2010 as additional interest income was recognized in 2011. In addition, the decrease in interest expense due to the continued low interest rate environment positively impacted net income for the year ended December 31, 2011.

Interest income was $30.7 million in 2011 compared to $24.0 million in 2010, an increase of $6.7 million, or 27.9%, as a result of the interest-earning assets the Company acquired in the merger with ABI as these loans had a yield higher than the contractual rate of interest due to purchase accounting adjustments. This resulted in additional interest income of approximately $3.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. This was offset by the repricing of our assets in this low interest rate environment along with the increase in nonperforming loans of $11.9 million from 2010. Interest expense was $7.0 million in 2011 compared to $8.3 million in 2010, a decrease of $1.3 million, or 15.7%, as a result of the low interest rate environment as well as the overall decrease in total deposits from 2010 to 2011.

Basic weighted average shares outstanding increased to 5,889,439 in 2011 from 2,256,750 in 2010 as a result of the capital raise and merger with ABI in the fourth quarter of 2010. Basic and diluted weighted average shares outstanding are the same for 2011 and 2010 as the Company was in a loss position for each year respectively. As a result, all potential common shares for 2011 and 2010 were excluded from the calculation of diluted earnings per share as the shares would have had an anti-dilutive effect.

Noninterest income was $1.5 million for 2011 compared to $1.2 million in 2010. This increase was due to the merger with ABI. In addition, included in noninterest income for 2011 was a $57,000 net gain on the sale of state and political securities in the first half of 2011.

 

36


Table of Contents

Critical Accounting Policies

A critical accounting policy is one that is both very important to the portrayal of the Company’s financial condition and requires management’s most difficult, subjective or complex judgments. The circumstances that make these judgments difficult, subjective or complex have to do with the need to make estimates about the effect of matters that are inherently uncertain. Based on this definition, the Company’s primary critical accounting policies are as follows:

Allowance for Loan Loss

The allowance for loan loss is established through a provision for loan loss charged to expense. Loans are charged against the allowance for loan loss when management believes that the collectability of the principal is unlikely. The allowance is an amount that management believes will be adequate to absorb probable incurred credit losses on existing loans that may become uncollectible based on evaluations of the collectability of the loans. The evaluations take into consideration such objective factors as changes in the nature and volume of the loan portfolio and historical loss experience. The evaluation also considers certain subjective factors such as overall portfolio quality, review of specific problem loans and current economic conditions that may affect the borrowers’ ability to pay. The level of the allowance for loan loss is also impacted by increases and decreases in loans outstanding, because either more or less allowance is required as the amount of the Company’s credit exposure changes. To the extent actual loan losses differ materially from management’s estimate of these subjective factors, loan growth/run-off accelerates, or the mix of loan types changes, the level of the provision for loan loss, and related allowance can, and will, fluctuate.

Other Real Estate Owned

Other real estate owned includes real estate acquired through foreclosure or deed taken in lieu of foreclosure. These amounts are recorded at estimated fair value, less costs to sell the property, with any difference between the fair value of the property and the carrying value of the loan being charged to the allowance for loan losses. Subsequent changes in fair value are reported as adjustments to the carrying amount. Those subsequent changes, as well as any gains or losses recognized on the sale of these properties, are included in noninterest expense.

Deferred Income Taxes

Our net deferred income tax asset arises from differences in the dates that items of income and expense enter into our reported income and taxable income. From an accounting standpoint, deferred tax assets are reviewed to determine if a valuation allowance is required based on both positive and negative evidence currently available. As of December 31, 2011, management determined that it was more likely than not that we would not realize our deffered tax asset and recorded a full valuation allowance on our deferred tax asset.

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

Goodwill resulting from business combinations is generally determined as the excess of the fair value of the consideration transferred, plus the fair value of any noncontrolling interests in the acquiree, over the fair value of the net assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of the acquisition date. Goodwill and intangible assets acquired in a purchase business combination and determined to have an indefinite useful life are not amortized, but tested for impairment at least annually. Intangible assets with definite useful lives are amortized over their estimated useful lives to their estimated residual values. Impairment exists when the carrying value of goodwill exceeds its fair value, which is determined through a two-step impairment test. Step 1 includes the determination of the carrying value of the reporting unit, including the existing goodwill and intangible assets, and estimating the fair value. If the carrying amount exceeds its fair value, we are required to perform a second step to the impairment test.

 

37


Table of Contents

The annual impairment analysis as of September 30, 2011 indicated that the Step 2 analysis was necessary. Step 2 of the goodwill impairment test is performed to measure the potential impairment loss. Step 2 requires that the implied fair value of goodwill be compared to the carrying amount of that goodwill. If the carrying amount of goodwill exceeds the implied fair value of that goodwill, an impairment loss shall be recognized in an amount equal to that excess. After performing Step 2, it was determined that the implied fair value of goodwill was more than the carrying amount by approximately 7.3%; therefore, no impairment existed as of September 30, 2011. As a result of our net loss as of December 31, 2011, largely due to the recording of an additional provision for loan losses and a full valuation allowance on our deferred tax asset, we updated our annual goodwill impairment test as of December 31, 2011 and concluded there was an impairment of $11,159. If, for any future period, we determine that there has been additional impairment in the carrying value of our goodwill balance, we will record a charge to our earnings, which could have a material adverse effect on our net income. Goodwill and other intangible assets are described further in Notes 1 and 21 of the consolidated financial statements.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Please refer to “Adoption of New Accounting Standards” contained in Note 1 to the accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements for information related to the adoption of new accounting standards and the effect of newly issued but not yet effective accounting standards.

FDIC Insurance Assessments

The FDIC is an independent federal agency established originally to insure the deposits, up to prescribed statutory limits, of federally insured banks and to preserve the safety and soundness of the banking industry. The FDIC has adopted a risk-based assessment system for insured depository institutions that takes into account the risks attributable to different categories and concentrations of assets and liabilities.

The Bank’s deposit accounts are insured by the FDIC to the maximum extent permitted by law. The Bank pays deposit insurance premiums to the FDIC based on a risk-based assessment system established by the FDIC for all insured institutions. Institutions considered well-capitalized and financially sound pay the lowest premiums, while those institutions that are less than adequately capitalized and of substantial supervisory concern pay the highest premiums. Total base assessment rates currently range from 0.07% of deposits for an institution in the highest sub-category of the high category to 0.775% of deposits for an institution in the lowest category.

In February 2006, the Federal Deposit Insurance Reform Act of 2005 and the Federal Deposit Insurance Reform Conforming Amendments Act of 2005 (collectively, the Reform Act) were signed into law. The Reform Act revised the laws concerning federal deposit insurance by making the following changes: (i) merging the Bank Insurance Fund and the Savings Association Insurance Fund into a new fund, the Deposit Insurance Fund (DIF), effective March 31, 2006; (ii) increasing the deposit insurance coverage for certain retirement accounts to $250,000 effective April 1, 2006; (iii) effective in 2010, deposit insurance coverage on individual accounts may be indexed for inflation; (iv) the FDIC will have more discretion in managing deposit insurance assessments; and (v) eligible institutions will receive a one-time initial assessment credit. The Dodd-Frank Act permanently increased the limits on the federal deposit insurance to $250,000.

The Reform Act authorized the FDIC to revise the risk-based assessment system. Accordingly, insurance premiums are based on a number of factors, including the risk of loss that insured institutions pose to the DIF. The Reform Act replaced the minimum reserve ratio of 1.25% with a range of between 1.15% and 1.50% for the DIF, depending on projected losses, economic changes and assessment rates at the end of each calendar year. In addition, the FDIC is no longer prohibited from charging banks in the lowest risk category when the reserve ratio premium is greater than 1.25%.

 

38


Table of Contents

In November 2006, the FDIC adopted changes to its risk-based assessment system. Under the new system, the FDIC will evaluate an institution’s risk based on supervisory ratings for all insured institutions, financial ratios for most institutions and long-term debt issuer ratings for certain large institutions.

On September 29, 2009, the FDIC adopted an Amended Restoration Plan to allow the DIF to return to a reserve ratio of 1.15% within eight years. The FDIC amended its prior ruling on deposit assessments to require insured institutions to prepay their estimated quarterly risk-based assessments for the fourth quarter 2009, and for all of 2010, 2011 and 2012. This prepaid assessment was collected in December 2009, along with each institution’s regular quarterly risk-based deposit insurance assessment for the third quarter 2009. The FDIC also increased annual assessment rates uniformly by three basis points effective January 1, 2011. Additional special assessments may be imposed by the FDIC for future periods.

In order to promote financial stability in the economy, the FDIC adopted the TLGP on October 13, 2008. Participation in the program is voluntary; however, once participation is elected, it cannot be revoked. The Bank elected to participate in the Transaction Account Guarantee Program component of the TLGP. Under the Transaction Account Guarantee Program, the FDIC will fully insure funds held in noninterest-bearing transaction accounts. Noninterest-bearing transaction accounts are ones that do not accrue or pay interest and for which the institution does not require an advance notice of withdrawal. Also covered are interest on lawyers’ trust accounts (IOLTA) and negotiable order of withdrawal (NOW) accounts with interest rates lower than 50 basis points. These revisions were effective until June 30, 2010 and then extended until December 31, 2010, unless we elected to “opt out” of participating, which we did not do. The Dodd-Frank Act extended full deposit coverage for noninterest- bearing transaction deposit accounts for two years beginning on December 31, 2010, and all financial institutions are required to participate in this extended program.

Securities

The securities portfolio is categorized as either “held to maturity,” “available for sale,” or “trading.” Securities held to maturity represent those securities which the Bank has the intent and ability to hold to maturity. Securities available for sale represent those investments which may be sold for various reasons, including changes in interest rates and liquidity considerations. These securities are reported at fair market value and unrealized gains and losses are excluded from earnings and reported in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). Trading securities are held primarily for resale and are recorded at their fair values. Gains or losses on trading securities are included immediately in earnings. As of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, the Bank had no held to maturity or trading securities.

The following table sets forth the amortized costs and fair value of our securities portfolio (dollars in thousands):

 

     At December 31, 2011      At December 31, 2010      At December 31, 2009  
     Amortized
Cost
     Fair
Value
     Amortized
Cost
     Fair
Value
     Amortized
Cost
     Fair
Value
 

Securities available for sale:

                 

U.S. government-sponsored entities and agencies

   $ 3,093       $ 3,093       $ —         $ —         $ 2,485       $ 2,504   

Mortgage-backed securities

     40,530         42,166         38,908         39,022         8,386         8,704   

State and political subdivisions

     16,574         17,881         23,584         23,334         10,777         10,963   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 60,197       $ 63,140       $ 62,492       $ 62,356       $ 21,648       $ 22,171   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

39


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth, by maturity distribution, certain information pertaining to the fair value of securities (dollars in thousands):

 

     Within 1 Year     After 1 Year
Within 5 Years
    After 5 Years
Within 10 Years
    After 10 Years  
   Amount      Yield     Amount      Yield     Amount      Yield     Amount      Yield  

At December 31, 2011:

                    

Securities available for sale:

                    

U.S. government-sponsored entities and agencies

   $ —           0.00   $ —           0.00   $ 994         1.50   $ 2,099         1.28

Mortgage-backed securities

     6         2.36     111         4.08     854         3.55     41,195         3.35

State and political subdivisions

     —           0.00     219         3.75     4,078         4.00     13,584         4.48
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 6         2.36   $ 330         3.97   $ 5,926         3.70   $ 56,878         3.70
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

    
     Totals                                         
     Amount      Yield                                         

At December 31, 2011:

                    

Securities available for sale:

                    

U.S. government-sponsored entities and agencies

   $ 3,093         1.39               

Mortgage-backed securities

     42,166         3.40               

State and political subdivisions

     17,881         4.30               
  

 

 

    

 

 

                

Total

   $ 63,140         3.70               
  

 

 

                   

 

40


Table of Contents

Loan Portfolio Composition

Commercial real estate loans comprise the largest group of loans in our portfolio amounting to $307.4 million, or 66.4%, of the total loan portfolio, at December 31, 2011, compared to $335.3 million, or 65.3%, at December 31, 2010. Residential real estate loans comprise the second largest group of loans in the portfolio, amounting to $115.8 million, or 25.0%, of the total loan portfolio, at December 31, 2011, as compared to $136.8 million, or 26.7%, at December 31, 2010. As of December 31, 2011, commercial loans amounted to $35.7 million, or 7.7%, of total loans, which were $36.0 million, or 7.0%, at December 31, 2010. The following table sets forth the composition of our loan portfolio, excluding loans classified as held-for-sale, over the last five fiscal years (dollars in thousands):

 

    At December 31,  
  2011     2010     2009     2008     2007  
  Amount     % of
Total
    Amount     % of
Total
    Amount     % of
Total
    Amount     % of
Total
    Amount     % of
Total
 

Commercial real estate(1)

  $ 307,359        66.4   $ 335,276        65.3   $ 266,557        68.1   $ 266,436        70.1   $ 242,676        70.8

Commercial

    35,714        7.7        35,976        7.0        23,838        6.1        28,445        7.5        20,291        5.9   

Residential real estate

    115,814        25.0        136,771        26.7        97,147        24.8        81,152        21.3        75,141        21.9   

Consumer and other

    3,955        0.9        5,110        1.0        3,899        1.0        4,070        1.1        4,631        1.4   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $ 462,842        100.0   $ 513,133        100.0   $ 391,441        100.0   $ 380,103        100.0   $ 342,739        100.0
   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Add (deduct):

                   

Allowance for loan losses

    (13,024       (13,069       (6,854       (4,705       (3,116  

Net deferred (fees) costs

    (235       (368       (454       (405       (358  
 

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

Loans, net

  $ 449,583        $ 499,696        $ 384,133        $ 374,993        $ 339,265     
 

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

The following table sets forth the composition of our loans classified as held-for-sale portfolio (dollars in thousands) as of December 31, 2010:

 

     Amount      % of
Total
 

Commercial real estate(1)

   $ 12,489         89.80

Commercial

     20         0.10   

Residential real estate

     1,401         10.10   

Consumer and other

     —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 13,910         100.00
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) 

For presentation purposes, construction and land loans have been classified as commercial real estate loans.

There were no loans classified as held-for-sale at December 31, 2011, 2009, 2008 or 2007.

 

41


Table of Contents

The following tables reflect the contractual principal repayments by period of our loan portfolio at December 31, 2011 (dollars in thousands):

 

     Commercial
Loans
     Commercial
Real Estate
Loans(1)
     Residential
Real  Estate
Loans
     Consumer
Loans
     Total  

Less than 1 year

   $ 25,330       $ 82,621       $ 29,689       $ 1,851       $ 139,491   

1-5 years

     9,001         142,730         48,025         1,840         201,596   

Greater than 5 years

     1,328         82,078         38,086         263         121,755   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 35,659       $ 307,429       $ 115,800       $ 3,954       $ 462,842   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) 

For presentation purposes, construction and land loans have been classified as commercial real estate loans.

 

     Loans Maturing  

(in thousands)

   Within 1 Year      1-5 Years      After 5 Years      Total  

Loans with:

           

Fixed interest rates

   $ 121,222       $ 175,142       $ 91,464       $ 387,828   

Variable interest rates

     24,050         26,811         24,153         75,014   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Loans

   $ 145,272       $ 201,953       $ 115,617       $ 462,842   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Scheduled contractual principal repayments of loans do not reflect the actual life of such assets. The average life of loans is substantially less than their average contractual terms due to prepayments. In addition, due-on-sale clauses on loans generally give us the right to declare a conventional loan immediately due and payable in the event, among other things, that the borrower sells real property subject to a mortgage and the loan is not repaid. The average life of mortgage loans tends to increase, however, when current mortgage loan rates are substantially higher than rates on existing mortgage loans and, conversely, decrease when rates on existing mortgages are substantially higher than current mortgage loan rates.

Credit Risk

Our primary business is making commercial, real estate, business and consumer loans. That activity entails potential loan losses, the magnitude of which depends on a variety of economic factors affecting borrowers which are beyond our control. While the Company has instituted underwriting guidelines and credit review procedures to protect it from avoidable credit losses, some losses will inevitably occur. At December 31, 2011, the Company had nonperforming loans of $46.9 million that were not accruing interest.

 

42


Table of Contents

Loans are placed on nonaccrual status when management has concerns relating to the ability to collect the loan principal and interest and generally when such loans are 90 days or more past due. A loan is considered impaired when it is probable that not all principal and interest amounts will be collected according to the loan contract. The following table sets forth certain information regarding nonaccrual loans, including the ratio of such loans to total assets as of the dates indicated (dollars in thousands):

 

     At December 31,  
     2011     2010     2009     2008     2007  

Nonperforming loans:

          

Commercial real estate

   $ 17,081      $ 9,843      $ 4,774      $ 4,475      $ —     

Residential real estate loans

     13,684        14,215        3,563        3,013        —     

Construction and land real estate loans

     14,953        10,582        389        4,536        —     

Commercial loans

     1,168        371        19        412        680   

Consumer loans and other

     18        6        —          —          10   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total nonperforming loans

   $ 46,904      $ 35,017      $ 8,745      $ 12,436      $ 690   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Foreclosed assets, net

     7,968        5,733        4,011        89        —     

Total nonperforming assets

   $ 54,872      $ 40,750      $ 12,756      $ 12,525      $ 690   

Performing loans classified as troubled debt restructuring

   $ 2,727      $ 7,497      $ 11,952      $ —        $ —     

Nonperforming loans classified as troubled debt restructuring

     12,657        —          4,223        —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans classified as troubled debt restructuring

   $ 15,384      $ 7,497      $ 16,175      $ —        $ —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total nonperforming loans as a percentage to total loans(1)

     10.13     6.83     2.24     3.28     0.20
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total nonperforming loans and foreclosed assets as a percentage of total assets(1)

     9.77     6.25     2.91     2.89     0.18
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) 

Nonperforming loans and total loans exclude amounts classified as loans held-for-sale as of December 31, 2010.

Nonperforming loans increased during the year ended December 31, 2011 from $35.0 million at December 31, 2010 to $46.9 million at December 31, 2011. Nonperforming assets increased by $14.1 million from December 31, 2010 to December 31, 2011. The increase in nonperforming assets at December 31, 2011 is primarily driven by an increase in nonaccrual commercial real estate and construction and land real estate loans. This increase was driven in part by the merger with ABI which accounted for $5.9 million of the increase as well as the longevity of the economic recession, including the real estate market that continues to be challenging in the Bank’s geographic market. In addition, the Bank continues to be aggressive in its strategy to dispose of nonperforming assets in a prudent and reasonable manner.

From time to time the Bank may utilize an interest reserve for a borrower’s future interest payments to ensure the payments remain current through maturity. At December 31, 2011, the Bank had $1.4 million in loans where such reserves existed that were subsequently paid off in early 2012.

The Company has loan balances of $15.4 million for customers whose loans are classified as troubled debt restructuring and such loans are included in the impaired loan balances of $37.4 million at December 31, 2011. Of the $15.4 million, $10.9 million is classified as troubled debt restructurings with collateral shortfalls. There are no additional funds committed to customers whose loans are classified as troubled debt restructuring. Most of these loans were modified to suspend principal payments for a period of time less than or equal to sixteen months, and/or the interest rate was modified until the loan matures. In only one instance was a permanent reduction of the recorded investment made. Of the $1.7 million allowance for loan losses reserved for impaired loans, the Company has allocated $1.5 million to customers whose loan terms have been modified as troubled debt restructurings with collateral shortfalls and $187,000 to the remaining troubled debt restructurings.

 

43


Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2011, $12.7 million of troubled debt restructurings were on nonaccrual with the remaining $2.7 million accruing interest.

The terms of certain other loans were modified during the period ended December 31, 2011 that did not meet the definition of a troubled debt restructuring. These loans have a total recorded investment as of December 31, 2011 of $22.5 million. The modification of these loans involved either a modification of the terms of a loan to borrowers who were not experiencing financial difficulties, such as allowing them to make interest only payments for a limited period of time (generally 18 months or less), adjusting the interest rate to a market interest rate for the remaining term of the loan or allowing a delay in payment that was considered to be insignificant.

Allowance and Provision for Loan Losses

The allowance for loan losses is a valuation allowance for credit losses in the loan portfolio. Management has adopted a methodology to properly analyze and determine an adequate loan loss allowance. The analysis is based on sound, reliable and well documented information and is designed to support an allowance that is adequate to absorb probable incurred credit losses in the Company’s loan and lease portfolio.

Due to their similarities, the Company has grouped the loan portfolio into portfolio segments. The components are real estate mortgage loans, commercial loans, and consumer and other loans. The Company has created a loan classification system to properly calculate the allowance for loan losses. Loans are evaluated for impairment. If a loan is impaired, a portion of the allowance is allocated so that the loan is reported, net, at the present value of estimated future cash flows using the loan’s existing rate or at the fair value of collateral if repayment is expected solely from the sale of the collateral.

In estimating the overall exposure to loss on impaired loans, the Company has considered a number of factors, including the borrower’s character, overall financial condition, resources and payment record, the prospects for support from any financially responsible guarantors and the realizable value of any collateral.

The Company also considers other internal and external factors when determining the allowance for loan losses. These factors include, but are not limited to, changes in national and local economic conditions, commercial lending staff limitations, impact from lengthy commercial loan workout and charge-off period, loan portfolio concentrations and trends in the loan portfolio.

Senior management reviews this calculation and the underlying assumptions on a routine basis not less frequently than quarterly.

The allowance for loan losses amounted to $13.0 million and $13.1 million at December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively. Based on an analysis performed by management at December 31, 2011, the allowance for loan losses is considered to be appropriate to absorb estimated loan losses in the portfolio as of that date. However, management’s judgment is based upon a number of assumptions about future events, which are believed to be reasonable, but which may or may not prove valid. Thus, there can be no assurance that charge-offs in future periods will not exceed the allowance for loan losses or that significant additional increases in the allowance for loan losses will not be required.

The Bank has experienced an increase in adversely classified loans from $65.0 million at December 31, 2010 to $68.6 million at December 31, 2011. This amount includes $26.8 million of adversely classified loans from the merger with ABI. The $26.8 million adversely classified ABI loans are net of a fair value adjustment of $5.7 million, or 17.6% of the gross contractual amount receivable as of December 31, 2011. Of the $68.6 million at December 31, 2011, $34.3 million is listed as impaired. All adversely classified loans are monitored closely and the majority of these loans are collateralized by real estate. Management has analyzed its collateral position and has concluded that the loan loss reserve at December 31, 2011 is adequate to absorb probable incurred credit losses.

 

44


Table of Contents

Loans are impaired when it is considered probable that the Company will not collect the outstanding loan principal and interest amounts according to the loan’s contractual terms. At December 31, 2011, impaired loans decreased by $9.1 million to $37.4 million, compared to $46.5 million at December 31, 2010. Of the $37.4 million impaired loans at December 31, 2011, $34.6 million are nonperforming loans.

Loans past due still accruing interest at December 31, 2011 are categorized as follows (dollars in thousands):

 

     30-59 Days
Past Due
     60-89 Days
Past Due
     90 Days Past
Due and
Greater
     Total Past
Due Still
Accruing
 

Commercial

   $ 40       $ 90       $ —         $ 130   

Real estate:

           

Residential

     1,061         325         —           1,386   

Commercial

     1,923         2,025         —           3,948   

Construction and land

     —           1,974         —           1,974   

Consumer

     277         9         —           286   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 3,301       $ 4,423       $ —         $ 7,724   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The decrease in total loans past due 30-89 days still accruing interest from $12,527 at December 31, 2010 to $7,724 at December 31, 2011 is being driven by a migration of loans to nonperforming loans as a result of the continued softening of the economy.

The Company purchased loans in its acquisition of ABI, for which there was, at acquisition, evidence of deterioration of credit quality since origination and it was probable, at acquisition, that all contractually required payments would not be collected. Loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality are included in our various disclosures of credit quality to include: loans on nonaccrual; loans past due; special mention loans; substandard loans; and doubtful loans. The tables below disclose the total loans for the Company, total loans acquired in the acquisition of ABI, the loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality and the percent of loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality to total loans for the Company for each credit metric:

 

     Total      Year ending December 31, 2011      % of Total  
(Dollars in thousands)       Loans Acquired
from ABI
     Loans Acquired
with Deteriorated
Credit Quality
from ABI
    

Nonaccrual

   $ 46,904       $ 11,472       $ 11,242         24.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Past Due

     49,881         17,318         14,324         28.7
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Special Mention

     42,115         9,674         8,740         20.8

Substandard

     68,616         26,797         23,770         34.6

Doubtful

     —           —           —           0.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total

   $ 110,731       $ 36,471       $ 32,510         29.4
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    
     Total      Year ending December 31, 2010      % of Total  
        Loans Acquired
from ABI
     Loans Acquired
with Deteriorated
Credit Quality
from ABI
    

Nonaccrual

   $ 35,017       $ 5,540       $ 5,328         15.2
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Past Due

     40,448         6,535         5,164         12.8
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Special Mention

     90,716         35,550         34,090         37.6

Substandard

     64,659         14,324         13,874         21.5

Doubtful

     325         325         320         98.5
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total

   $ 155,700       $ 50,199       $ 48,284         31.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

45


Table of Contents

The credit metrics from the table above that were most heavily impacted by the Company’s acquisition of loans with deteriorated credit quality for the year ended December 31, 2011 were our substandard and past due loans. This is due to the continuing deterioration of collateral values as well as the current difficult economic environment that is impacting our customers’ ability to meet their loan obligations. When comparing the total percentage of special mention, substandard and doubtful loans as of December 31, 2010 to December 31, 2011, the percentages have remained relatively unchanged from 31.0% at December 31, 2010 to 29.4% at December 31, 2011. It should be noted that the decrease in special mention from December 31, 2010 to December 31, 2011 is the result of some of these loans migrating to substandard during 2011 while the majority migrated to a pass rated credit quality indicator in 2011.

Our credit quality as compared to our internally defined peer group, specifically the percentage of nonaccrual loans to total loans, has shown an overall steady decline from December 31, 2010 to December 31, 2011. This is due to the prolonged and current difficult economic environment in the geographic region in which the Company operates that is impacting our customers’ ability to meet their loan obligations.

The same criteria used for all Company loans greater than 90 days and accruing applies to loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality. Loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality will be placed on nonaccrual status if the amount and timing of future cash flows cannot be reasonably estimated or if repayment of the loan is expected to be from collateral that has become deficient. As of December 31, 2011, there were no acquired loans with deteriorated credit quality that were greater than 90 days past due and accruing. There were, however, loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality on nonaccrual in the amount of $11.3 million as the amount and timing of future cash flows could not be reasonably estimated or the repayment of the loan was expected from the collateral that has become deficient.

The following table sets forth information with respect to activity in the allowance for loan losses for the periods indicated (dollars in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2011     2010     2009     2008     2007  

Allowance at beginning of year

   $ 13,069      $ 6,854      $ 4,705      $ 3,116      $ 2,621   

Charge-offs:

          

Commercial loans

     222        37        425        1,137        12   

Real estate loans

     12,193        10,763        1,788        912        —     

Consumer and other loans

     406        107        22        46        59   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Charge-offs

     12,821        10,907        2,235        2,095        71   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Recoveries:

          

Commercial loans

     15        85        10        111        4   

Real estate loans

     255        46        9        —          —     

Consumer and other loans

     114        3        4        3        20   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Recoveries

     384        134        23        114        24   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net charge-offs

     12,437        10,773        2,212        1,981        47   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Provision for loan losses charged to operating expenses

     12,392        16,988        4,361        3,570        542   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Allowance at end of year

   $ 13,024      $ 13,069      $ 6,854      $ 4,705      $ 3,116   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ratio of net charge-offs to average loans outstanding(1)

     2.53     2.67     0.57     0.57     0.01
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Allowance as a percent of total loans(2)

     2.82     2.55     1.75     1.24     0.91
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) 

Average loans outstanding include loans classified as held-for-sale as of December 31, 2010.

(2) 

Total loans exclude amounts classified as loans held-for-sale as of December 31, 2010.

 

46


Table of Contents

The following table presents information regarding the total allowance for loan losses as well as the allocation of such amounts to the various categories of loans (dollars in thousands):

 

     At December 31,  
     2011     2010     2009     2008     2007  
     Amount      % of
Loans
to Total
Loans
    Amount      % of
Loans
to Total
Loans
    Amount      % of
Loans
to Total
Loans
    Amount      % of
Loans
to Total
Loans
    Amount      % of
Loans
to Total
Loans
 

Commercial real estate(1)

   $ 9,709         74.6   $ 9,235         65.3   $ 4,323         68.1   $ 2,885         70.1   $ 2,171         70.8

Commercial

     587         4.5        570         7.0        661         6.1        879         7.5        232         5.9   

Residential real estate

     2,609         20.0        3,209         26.7        1,822         24.8        896         21.3        672         21.9   

Consumer and other

     119         0.9        55         1.0        48         1.0        45         1.1        41         1.4   

Total allowance for loan losses

   $ 13,024         100.0   $ 13,069         100.0   $ 6,854         100.0   $ 4,705         100.0   $ 3,116         100.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Allowance for loan losses as a percentage of total loans outstanding

        2.82        2.55        1.75        1.24        0.91
     

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

 

(1) 

Construction and land loans have been classified as commercial real estate loans. The amount of the allowance reserved at December 31, 2011 for construction and land loans was $1,034.

The Bank’s identification efforts of potential losses in the portfolio are based on a variety of specific factors, including the Company’s own historical experience as well as industry and economic trends. In calculating the Company’s allowance for loan losses, the Company’s historical loss experience is supplemented with various current and economic trends. These current factors can include any of the following: changes in volume and severity of past due, special mention, substandard and nonaccrual loans; levels of any trends in charge-offs and recoveries; changes in nature, volume and terms of loans; changes in lending policies and procedures; changes in lending management and quality of loan review; changes in economic and business conditions; and changes in underlying collateral values and effects of concentrations. There were no changes in the current and economic factors from December 31, 2010 to December 31, 2011 as these factors had been adjusted previously in anticipation of the continued softening of the economy. As of December 31, 2011, of the $11.3 million of the allowance for loan losses from loans collectively evaluated for impairment, the real estate loans portfolio segment had total weighted average qualitative factors of 1.17%, or $3.2 million; the commercial loans portfolio segment had total weighted average qualitative factors of 1.05%, or $323,000; and the consumer and other loans portfolio segment had total weighted average qualitative factors of .08%, or $2,000. Impaired loans were $37.4 million as of December 31, 2011. As of the same date, $1.7 million was specifically allocated to the allowance for loan losses which is deemed appropriate to absorb probable losses.

As part of the Company’s allowance for loan loss policy, loans acquired from ABI with evidence of deteriorated credit quality are evaluated on at least a quarterly basis. If events have occurred within the measurement period (i.e., 12 months from the date of the ABI acquisition) that cause a deterioration of the loan that is more than the deterioration estimated at acquisition, we evaluate whether the events and circumstances that existed as of the acquisition date are due to new information obtained about facts and circumstances that existed as of that acquisition date that, if known, would have resulted in recognition of additional deterioration. If so, the additional deterioration is recorded as additional carrying discount with a corresponding increase to goodwill. If not, the

 

47


Table of Contents

additional deterioration is recorded as additional provision expense with a corresponding increase to the allowance for loan losses. After the measurement period, any additional impairment above the current carrying discount is recorded as additional provision expense with a corresponding increase to the allowance for loan losses. As of December 31, 2011, there was $4,000 of loans acquired from ABI with evidence of deteriorated credit quality where additional deterioration was identified above the initial estimated deterioration.

For loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality that were deemed troubled debt restructurings prior to the Company’s acquisition of them, these loans are not considered troubled debt restructurings as they are accounted for under ASC 310-30, Loans and Debt Securities Acquired with Deteriorated Credit Quality. Subsequent to the acquisition, the same criteria used for all other loans apply to loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality and their treatment as troubled debt restructurings. As of December 31, 2011, there were no loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality that were deemed troubled debt restructurings.

Deposits and Other Sources of Funds

General. In addition to deposits, the sources of funds available for lending and other business purposes include loan repayments, loan sales, Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) advances, Federal Reserve borrowings, federal funds purchased lines of credit, and securities sold under agreements to repurchase. Loan repayments are a relatively stable source of funds, while deposit inflows and outflows are influenced significantly by general interest rates and market conditions. Borrowings may be used to compensate for reductions in other sources, such as deposits, or due to favorable differentials in rates and other costs.

Deposits. Deposits are attracted principally from our primary geographic market areas in Duval County, Florida. The Bank also enhanced its geographical diversity by offering certificates of deposits through brokered markets and nationally to other financial institutions. In August 2009, the Company launched its “virtual branch” to attract deposits from other geographic market areas. The Bank offers a broad selection of deposit products, including demand deposit accounts, NOW accounts, money market accounts, regular savings accounts, term certificates of deposit and retirement savings plans (such as IRAs). Certificate of deposit rates are set to encourage maturities based on current market conditions. Deposit account terms vary, with the primary differences being the minimum balance required, the time period the funds must remain on deposit, and the associated interest rates. The Bank holds quarterly Asset Liability Committee (ALCO) meetings, comprised of members of the Bank’s Board of Directors and management. In addition, pricing and liquidity management meetings are held by members of management on a monthly basis or more frequently if economic conditions dictate. The Bank emphasizes commercial banking and small business relationships in an effort to increase demand deposits as a percentage of total deposits.

The following table shows the distribution of, and certain other information relating to, our deposit accounts by type (dollars in thousands):

 

     At December 31,  
     2011     2010     2009  
     Average
Balance
     Average
Rate Paid
    Average
Balance
     Average
Rate Paid
    Average
Balance
     Average
Rate Paid
 

Demand deposits

   $ 78,319         0.00   $ 45,481         0.00   $ 41,908         0.00

NOW deposits

     19,431         0.15        7,316         0.23        7,662         0.23   

Money market deposits

     171,769         0.92        114,640         1.52        71,670         1.52   

Savings deposits

     12,112         0.72        10,422         1.61        12,578         1.61   

Time deposits

     234,328         1.65        222,060         3.25        201,117         3.25   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deposits

   $ 515,959         1.08   $ 399,919         1.68   $ 334,935         2.34
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

48


Table of Contents

The following table represents maturity of our time deposits at December 31, 2011 (dollars in thousands):

 

     Deposits
$100,000
and Greater
     Deposits
Less Than
$100,000
     Total  

Due three months or less

   $ 26,037       $ 21,525       $ 47,562   

Due more than three months to six months

     15,698         13,496         29,194   

Due more than six months to one year

     24,156         31,487         55,643   

Due one to five years

     27,316         32,270         59,586   

Due more than five years

     —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 93,207       $ 98,778       $ 191,985   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Dodd-Frank Act permanently increased the limits on federal deposit insurance to $250,000.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

The Bank’s liquidity is its ability to maintain a steady flow of funds to support its ongoing operating, investing and financing activities. The Bank’s Board of Directors establishes policies and analyzes and manages liquidity to ensure that adequate funds are available to meet normal operating requirements in addition to unexpected customer demands for funds, such as high levels of deposit withdrawals or loan demand, in a timely and cost-effective manner. The most important factor in the preservation of liquidity is maintaining public confidence that facilitates the retention and growth of a large, stable supply of core deposits and wholesale funds. Ultimately, public confidence is generated through profitable operations, sound credit quality and a strong capital position. Liquidity management is viewed from a long-term and a short-term perspective as well as from an asset and liability management perspective. We monitor liquidity through a regular review of loan and deposit maturities and loan and deposit forecasts to minimize funding risk.

As discussed above, sources of liquidity include principal paydowns of loans and investment securities, customer deposits and borrowings. The Bank has an unsecured federal funds purchased accommodation with its main correspondent bank totaling $19.1 million at December 31, 2011, all of which was available as of that date. In addition, the Bank has invested in FHLB stock for the purpose of establishing credit lines with FHLB. This line is collateralized by a lien arrangement on the Bank’s first mortgage loans, second mortgage loans and commercial real estate loans. Based on this collateral and the Bank’s holdings of FHLB stock, the Bank had a line of credit availability of $39.5 million from this credit line, of which it had borrowed $36.6 million at December 31, 2011. Additionally, the Bank has a “Borrower in Custody” line of credit with the Federal Reserve Bank utilizing excess loan collateral and pledging $14.0 million in municipal securities. The amount of this line at December 31, 2011 was $30.4 million, all of which was available at that date.

Additionally, the Bank has access to the nonbrokered national and brokered deposit markets to supplement liquidity needs. At December 31, 2011, the Bank had $50.3 million in national and $17.7 million in brokered CDs. Our ability to utilize brokered CDs and the rates we can pay on CDs will be limited if the Bank is deemed less than well capitalized for regulatory purposes

Scheduled maturities and paydowns of the Company’s investment securities are an additional source of liquidity. During 2011, the Company had received approximately $14.4 million from maturities, paydowns and calls of investment securities. The Bank also has the ability to convert marketable securities into cash or access new or existing sources of incremental funds if the need should arise.

At December 31, 2011, the Bank had outstanding commitments to borrowers for available lines of credit and standby letters of credit totaling $30.9 million and $1.7 million, respectively. Based on the sources of liquidity discussed above, the Company believes that it has access to sufficient funds to cover such commitments, should the need arise.

 

49


Table of Contents

The primary source of Bancorp’s income is expected to be dividends from the Bank. A Florida state-chartered commercial bank may not pay cash dividends that would cause the bank’s capital to fall below the minimum amount required by federal or state law. Accordingly, commercial banks may only pay dividends out of the total of current net profits plus retained net profits of the preceding two years to the extent it deems expedient, except as follows: No bank may pay a dividend at any time that the total of net income for the current year, when combined with retained net income from the preceding two years, produces a loss. The Bank met this restriction in 2010 and 2011 as our net loss at December 31, 2010 and net income at December 31, 2011 combined with retained earnings from the preceding two years produced a loss. The future ability of the Bank to pay dividends to Bancorp will also depend in part on the FDIC capital requirements in effect at such time and our ability to comply with such requirements.

In 2010, Bancorp entered in a revolving loan agreement (“Revolver”) with several of its principal officers, directors and shareholders for $2.0 million. Each Revolver pays an annual rate of interest equal to 8% on a quarterly basis of the Revolver amount outstanding. An unused Revolver fee is calculated and paid quarterly at an annual rate of 2% on the daily average outstanding. During 2011, an additional Revolver agreement was entered into with the same parties as in 2010 with identical terms for an additional $2.0 million. The Revolvers mature on January 1, 2015. As of December 31, 2011, $3.0 million was outstanding on all Revolvers with $1.0 million remaining available. The remaining amount available will be sufficient through December 31, 2012.

On November 16, 2010, Bancorp closed on a $35.0 million financing through the sale of 3,888,889 shares of its common stock at $9.00 per share to accredited investors led by CapGen Capital Group IV LP (“CapGen”). The amount of cash raised was directly tied to the amount of additional capital Bancorp needed in order to obtain regulatory approval to consummate the merger with ABI. Net proceeds from the sale after offering expenses were $34.7 million and were used to fund the merger and integration of ABI and Oceanside Bank into the Company.

Regulatory Capital Requirements

The Bank is required to meet certain minimum regulatory capital requirements. Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require us to maintain minimum amounts and percentages of total and Tier 1 capital (as defined in the regulations) to risk weighted assets (as defined), and of Tier 1 capital (as defined) to average assets (as defined). As of December 31, 2011, the Bank and Company met all capital adequacy requirements to which they were subject. The regulatory capital minimums and the Company’s and Bank’s actual data for the indicated periods are set forth in the table below (dollars in thousands). Management and the Board of Directors have committed to maintain Total Risk-Based Capital at 10% and Tier 1 Capital to Average Assets at 8% at the Bank and the Company.

 

     Actual     For Capital
Adequacy Purposes
    Minimum
To Be Adequately
Capitalized Under
Prompt Corrective
Action Provisions
 
     Amount      Ratio     Amount      Ratio     Amount      Ratio  

2011

               

Total Capital to risk weighted assets

               

Consolidated

   $ 45,312         9.63   $ 37,645         8.00     N/A         N/A   

Bank

     46,119         9.85        37,466         8.00      $ 46,832         8.00

Tier 1 (Core) Capital to risk weighted assets

               

Consolidated

     31,679         6.73        18,822         4.00        N/A         N/A   

Bank

     40,176         8.58        18,733         4.00        28,099         4.00   

Tier 1 (Core) Capital to average assets

               

Consolidated

     31,679         5.38        23,551         4.00        N/A         N/A   

Bank

     40,176         6.88        23,367         4.00        29,209         4.00   

 

50


Table of Contents
     Actual     For Capital
Adequacy Purposes
    Minimum
To Be Well
Capitalized Under
Prompt Corrective
Action Provisions
 
     Amount      Ratio     Amount      Ratio     Amount      Ratio  

2010

               

Total Capital to risk weighted assets

               

Consolidated

   $ 55,232         10.40   $ 42,498         8.00     N/A         N/A   

Bank

     55,083         10.39        42,402         8.00      $ 53,003         8.00

Tier 1 (Core) Capital to risk weighted assets

               

Consolidated

     48,512         9.13        21,249         4.00        N/A         N/A   

Bank

     48,378         9.13        21,201         4.00        31,802         4.00   

Tier 1 (Core) Capital to average assets

               

Consolidated

     48,512         9.09        21,347         4.00        N/A         N/A   

Bank

     48,378         8.97        21,576         4.00        26,970         4.00   

Under Federal Reserve policy, Bancorp is expected to act as a source of financial strength to, and to commit resources to support, the Bank. Our Memorandum with the FDIC and the OFR requires the Bank to have a Tier 1 capital ratio of at least 8%. We did not meet that requirement at December 31, 2011.

Off-Balance-Sheet Arrangements

The Company is a party to financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its customers. These financial instruments are commitments to extend credit, unused lines of credit, and standby letters of credit, and may involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit and interest-rate risk in excess of the amount recognized in the consolidated balance sheet. The contract amounts of these instruments reflect the extent of involvement the Company has.

The Company’s exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the other party to the financial instrument for commitments to extend credit is represented by the contractual amount of those instruments. The Company uses the same credit policies in making commitments as for on-balance-sheet instruments.

Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Since some of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. The Company evaluates each customer’s credit worthiness on a case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral obtained, if deemed necessary by the Company upon extension of credit, is based on management’s credit evaluation of the counterparty.

Standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by the Company to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. The credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loans to customers.

 

51


Table of Contents

Contractual Obligations

The following is a summary of the Company’s contractual obligations, including certain off-balance-sheet obligations, at December 31, 2011 (dollars in thousands):

 

     Payments Due by Period  
Contractual Obligations    Total      Less than
1 Year
     1-3
Years
     3-5
Years
     More than
5 Years
 

Certificates of deposit

   $ 191,985       $ 132,399       $ 38,973       $ 20,613       $ —     

FHLB advances

     36,811         31,811         2,500         2,500         —     

Discount window

     —           —           —           —           —     

Subordinated debt

     16,026         —           —           —           16,026   

Operating leases

     5,317         908         1,866         1,432         1,111   

Loans from related parties

     3,000         —           —           3,000         —     

Standby letters of credit

     1,661         1,661         —           —           —     

Unused line of credit loans

     30,885         30,885         —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 285,685       $ 197,664       $ 43,339       $ 27,545       $ 17,137   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for further detail regarding the contractual obligations noted above.

Asset—Liability Structure

As part of its asset and liability management, the Bank has emphasized establishing and implementing internal asset-liability decision processes as well as communications and control procedures to aid in enhancing its earnings. It is believed that these processes and procedures provide the Bank with better capital planning, asset mix and volume controls, loan pricing guidelines, and deposit interest rate guidelines, which should result in tighter controls and less exposure to interest-rate risk.

The matching of assets and liabilities may be analyzed by examining the extent to which such assets and liabilities are interest-rate sensitive and by monitoring an institution’s interest-rate sensitivity gap. An asset or liability is said to be interest-rate sensitive within a specific time period if it will mature or reprice within that time period. The interest-rate sensitivity gap is defined as the difference between interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities maturing or repricing within a given time period. The gap ratio is computed as rate-sensitive assets less rate-sensitive liabilities as a percentage of total assets. A gap is considered positive when the total of rate-sensitive assets exceeds rate-sensitive liabilities. A gap is considered negative when the amount of rate-sensitive liabilities exceeds rate-sensitive assets. During a period of rising interest rates, a negative gap would be expected to adversely affect net interest income, while a positive gap should result in an increase in net interest income. During a period of falling interest rates, a negative gap would be expected to result in an increase in net interest income, while a positive gap should adversely affect net interest income.

In order to minimize the potential for adverse effects of material and prolonged changes in interest rates on the results of operations, the Bank continues to monitor asset and liability management policies to appropriately match the maturities and repricing terms of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. Such policies have consisted primarily of: (1) emphasizing the origination of variable-rate loans; (2) maintaining a stable core deposit base; and (3) maintaining a sound level of liquid assets (cash and securities).

 

52


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth certain information relating to our interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities at December 31, 2011 that are estimated to mature or are scheduled to reprice within the period shown (dollars in thousands):

 

     3 Months
or Less
    Over 3
Months

to 6
Months
    Over 6
Months

to 1 Year
    Over 1
Year to

5 Years
    Over 5
Years
    Total  

Loans(1)

   $ 150,564      $ 31,622      $ 40,829      $ 173,636      $ 52,932      $ 449,583   

Securities

     4,176        4,751        5,889        30,855        17,469        63,140   

Overnight investments

     —          —          —          —          —          —     

FHLB & correspondent bank stock

     2,707        —          —          —          178        2,885   

Other

     10,640        —          —          1,245        —          11,885   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total rate-sensitive assets

   $ 168,087      $ 36,373      $ 46,718      $ 205,736      $ 70,579      $ 527,493   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deposit accounts:

            

NOW deposits

     —          —          —          —          19,973        19,973   

Money market accounts

     167,321        —          —          —          1,009        168,330   

Savings deposits

     —          —          —          —          10,767        10,767   

Time deposits

     47,407        29,078        55,499        59,510        491        191,985   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deposit accounts(2)

     214,728        29,078        55,499        59,510        32,240        391,055   

FHLB advances

     26,600        5,000        —          5,000        211        36,811   

Other borrowings

     —          —          —          3,000        —          3,000   

Subordinated debt

     —          —          —          —          16,026        16,026   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total rate-sensitive liabilities

   $ 241,328      $ 34,078      $ 55,499      $ 67,510      $ 48,477      $ 446,892   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gap repricing difference

   $ (73,241   $ 2,295      $ (8,781   $ 138,226      $ 22,102      $ 80,601   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cumulative gap

   $ (73,241   $ (70,946   $ (79,727   $ 58,499      $ 80,601     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Cumulative gap to total rate-sensitive assets

     (13.9 )%      (13.4 )%      (15.1 )%      11.1     15.3  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

(1) 

Variable rate loans are included in the period in which the interest rates are next scheduled to adjust rather than in the period in which the loans mature. Fixed rate loans are scheduled, including repayments, according to their contractual maturities.

(2) 

Certain liabilities such as NOW and savings accounts, while technically are subject to immediate repricing in response to changing market rates, historically have shown little volatility. Conversely, many of the money market accounts float with the prime lending rate and, therefore, are assumed to reprice within a three-month horizon. Management subjectively sets rates on all accounts.

Results of Operations

Our operating results depend primarily on our net interest income, which is the difference between interest income on interest-earning assets and interest expense on interest-bearing liabilities, consisting primarily of deposits. Net interest income is determined by the difference between yields earned on interest-earning assets and rates paid on interest-bearing liabilities (“interest rate spread”) and the relative amounts of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. Our interest rate spread is affected by regulatory, economic and competitive factors that influence interest rates, loan demand and deposit flows. In addition, our net earnings are also affected by the level of nonperforming loans and foreclosed assets, as well as the level of noninterest income and noninterest expense, such as salaries and employee benefits, occupancy and equipment costs, and income taxes.

The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, information regarding: (1) the total dollar amount of interest and dividend income from interest-earning assets and the resultant average yield; (2) the total dollar

 

53


Table of Contents

amount of interest expense on interest-bearing liabilities and the resultant average costs; (3) net interest/dividend income; (4) interest rate spread; and (5) net interest margin. Average balances are based on average daily balances (dollars in thousands).

 

    Year Ended December 31,  
    2011     2010     2009  
    Average
Balance
    Interest
and
Dividends
    Average
Yield/
Rate
    Average
Balance
    Interest
and
Dividends
    Average
Yield/
Rate
    Average
Balance
    Interest
and
Dividends
    Average
Yield/
Rate
 

Interest-earning assets:

                 

Loans(1)

  $ 492,220      $ 28,758        5.84   $ 403,453      $ 22,954        5.69   $ 389,208      $ 22,190        5.70

Securities(2)

    65,904        1,909        2.90        31,846        1,009        3.17        27,180        1,062        3.91   

Other interest-earning assets(3)

    7,698        77        1.00        9,623        (1     (0.01     712        (48     (6.74
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total interest-earning assets

  $ 565,822      $ 30,744        5.43      $ 444,922      $ 23,962        5.39      $ 417,100      $ 23,204        5.56   
   

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

   

Noninterest-earning assets(4)

    46,965            27,570            17,170       
 

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

     

Total assets

  $ 612,787          $ 472,492          $ 434,270       
 

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

     

Interest-bearing liabilities:

                 

Savings deposits

    12,112        88        0.72        10,422        121        1.16        12,578        202        1.61   

NOW deposits

    19,431        29        0.15        7,316        13        0.18        7,662        18        0.23   

Money market deposits

    171,769        1,588        0.92        114,640        1,481        1.29        71,670        1,090        1.52   

Time deposits

    234,328        3,878        1.65        222,060        5,105        2.30        201,117        6,534        3.25   

FHLB advances

    20,877        367        1.76        23,365        790        3.38        32,874        1,034        3.15   

Federal Reserve and other borrowings

    1,997        172        8.61        197        1        .51        23,235        116        .50   

Subordinated debentures

    15,993        894        5.59        14,796        770        5.20        14,550        734        5.04   

Other interest-bearing liabilities(5)

    46        —          0.00        119        1        .84        123        1        .81   
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total interest-bearing liabilities

    476,553        7,016        1.47        392,915        8,282        2.11        363,809        9,729        2.67   
   

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

   

Noninterest-bearing liabilities

    82,202            49,077            43,451       

Shareholders’ equity

    54,032            30,500            27,010       
 

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

     

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

  $ 612,787          $ 472,492          $ 434,270       
 

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

     

Net interest/dividend income

    $ 23,728          $ 15,680          $ 13,475     
   

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

   

Interest rate spread(6)

      3.96         3.28         2.89  
   

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

   

Net interest margin(7)

        4.19         3.52         3.23
     

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

 

Ratio of average interest- earning assets to average interest-bearing liabilities

    1.19            1.13            1.15       
 

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

     

 

(1) 

Average loans include nonperforming loans and loans classified as held-for-sale. Interest on loans includes loan fees of $258 in 2011, $457 in 2010 and $313 in 2009.

(2) 

Interest income and rates do not include the effects of a tax equivalent adjustment using a federal tax rate of 34% in adjusting tax-exempt interest on tax-exempt investment securities to a fully taxable basis.

(3) 

Includes federal funds sold.

 

54


Table of Contents
(4) 

For presentation purposes, the BOLI acquired by the Bank has been included in noninterest-earning assets.

(5) 

Includes federal funds purchased.

(6) 

Interest rate spread represents the difference between the average yield on interest-earning assets and the average cost of interest-bearing liabilities.

(7) 

Net interest margin is net interest income divided by average interest-earning assets.

(8)

Federal Reserve and other borrowings include loans from related parties that pay an annual rate of interest equal to 8% on a quarterly basis of the amount outstanding.

Impact of Inflation and Changing Prices

The financial statements and related data presented herein have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting standards, which require the measurement of financial position and operating results in terms of historical dollars, without considering changes in the relative purchasing power of money over time due to inflation. Unlike most industrial companies, substantially all of our assets and liabilities are monetary in nature. As a result, interest rates have a more significant impact on our performance than the effects of general levels of inflation. Interest rates do not necessarily move in the same direction or in the same magnitude as the prices of goods and services, since such prices are affected by inflation to a larger extent than interest rates.

Rate/Volume Analysis

The following table sets forth certain information regarding changes in interest income and interest expense for the periods indicated. For each category of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, information is provided on changes attributable to: (1) changes in rate (change in rate multiplied by prior volume); (2) changes in volume (change in volume multiplied by prior rate); and (3) changes in rate-volume (change in rate multiplied by change in volume). Dollars are in thousands.

Years Ended December 31, 2011 vs. 2010:

 

     Increase (Decrease) Due  to(1)  
     Rate     Volume     Total  

Interest-earning assets:

      

Loans

   $ 631      $ 5,173      $ 5,804   

Securities

     (92     992        900   

Other interest-earning assets

     78        —          78   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     617        6,165        6,782   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest-bearing liabilities:

      

Savings deposits

     (50     17        (33

NOW deposits

     (2     18        16   

Money market deposits

     (497     604        107   

Time deposits

     (1,496     269        (1,227

FHLB advances

     (346     (77     (423

Federal Reserve and other borrowings

     110        61        171   

Subordinated debentures

     59        65        124   

Other interest-bearing liabilities

     —          (1     (1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     (2,222     956        (1,266
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net change in net interest income

   $ 2,839      $ 5,209      $ 8,048   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) 

The change in interest due to both rate and volume has been allocated to the volume and rate components in proportion to the relationship of the dollar amounts of the absolute change in each.

 

55


Table of Contents

Years Ended December 31, 2010 vs. 2009:

 

     Increase (Decrease) Due to(1)  
     Rate     Volume     Total  

Interest-earning assets:

      

Loans

   $ (47   $ 811      $ 764   

Securities

     (219     166        (53

Other interest-earning assets

     92        (45     47   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     (174     932        758   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest-bearing liabilities:

      

Savings deposits

     (50     (31     (81

NOW deposits

     (4     (1     (5

Money market deposits

     (184     575        391   

Time deposits

     (2,057     628        (1,429

FHLB advances

     73        (317     (244

Federal Reserve borrowing

     2        (117     (115

Subordinated debentures

     23        13        36   

Other interest-bearing liabilities

     —          —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     (2,197     750        (1,447
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net change in net interest income

   $  2,023      $ 182      $ 2,205   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) 

The change in interest due to both rate and volume has been allocated to the volume and rate components in proportion to the relationship of the dollar amounts of the absolute change in each.

Year Ended December 31, 2011 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2010

Interest Income and Expense. Interest income increased by $6.7 million from $24.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, compared to $30.7 million in 2011. Interest earned on loans was $28.8 million in 2011, compared to $23.0 million in 2010. This increase resulted from an increase in the average loan portfolio balance from $403.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 to $492.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, primarily due to the merger with ABI through which we acquired $158.0 million in loans. The increase was also due to an increase in the average yield on loans from 5.69% in 2010 to 5.84% in 2011. The increase in the yield is due in large part to the merger with ABI as loans acquired in the merger had a yield that was higher than the contractual rate of interest as a result of purchase accounting adjustments. This resulted in additional interest income of approximately $3.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. This was offset by the level of nonperforming loans increasing by $11.9 million since December 31, 2010. The increase in nonperforming loans was driven in part by the merger with ABI which accounts for $5.9 million. The remaining increase is due to continued softening of the real estate market in which the Company operates.

The average investment security balance was $65.9 million in 2011, compared to $31.8 million in 2010 due to the merger with ABI in the fourth quarter of 2010. The interest on securities increased to $1.9 million in 2011 from $1.0 million in 2010. The average yield on securities decreased 27 basis points from 3.17% in 2010 to 2.90% in 2011. This decrease was offset by an increase in the securities portfolio primarily due to the merger with ABI late in the fourth quarter of 2010 as well as the Companies strategy to increase and diversify our securities portfolio.

Interest expense on deposit accounts amounted to $5.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, compared to $6.7 million in 2010. The decrease resulted from a decrease in the weighted average cost of interest-bearing deposits from 2.05% in 2010 to 1.42% in 2011. The average costs on interest bearing deposits and all interest bearing liabilities reflect the ongoing reduction in interest rates paid on deposits

 

56


Table of Contents

because of the repricing of deposits in the current environment coupled with the change in the funding mix for 2011 compared to 2010. Interest on FHLB advances, subordinated debt, Federal Reserve borrowing and other borrowings amounted to $1.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, with a weighted average cost of 4.97% compared to $1.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, with a weighted average cost of 4.28%. This increase in weighted average cost was primarily the result of an increase in the rates in effect on our subordinated debt as well as an increase in the amount borrowed from related parties. This was offset by a decrease in FHLB advances from an average annual amount and rate perspective.

The net interest margin increased by 67 basis points from 3.52% at December 31, 2010 to 4.19% at December 31, 2011. The increase is mainly the result of the decreased costs of our interest-bearing liabilities in the current low interest rate environment coupled with the additional interest income on the loans acquired from ABI as discussed above. The impact of the additional interest income from loans acquired from ABI adds approximately 55 basis points to the net interest margin for the year ended December 31, 2011. The Company closely monitors its liquidity needs in conjunction with the cost of its funding sources and has taken action to reduce costs through reductions in the rates paid on its core deposits.

Provision for Loan Losses. The provision for loan losses is charged to earnings to bring the total allowance to a level deemed appropriate by management and is based upon the volume and type of lending conducted by the Company, the amount of nonperforming loans, and general economic conditions, particularly as they relate to the Company’s market areas, and other factors related to the collectability of the Company’s loan portfolio. The provision for the year ended December 31, 2011 was $12.4 million, compared to $17.0 million in 2010. The provision expense was necessitated primarily by the ongoing softening in real estate values in our market. The Company had net loan charge-offs of $12.4 million in 2011 compared to $10.8 million during 2010. Approximately $6.8 million of the 2010 charge-offs were related to loans classified as held-for-sale during the fourth quarter of 2010 that were recorded at the lower of cost or fair value causing our provision expense to be unusually high for 2010. When comparing what remained of net charge-offs in 2010 of $4.0 million to the 2011 net charge-offs of $12.4 million, the increase is primarily the result of the continued depressed real estate market and additional foreclosures in 2011. Management believes that the allowance for loan losses of $13.0 million at December 31, 2011 is adequate to absorb probable incurred credit losses in the portfolio as of that date.

Noninterest Income. Noninterest income was $1.5 million for 2011 compared to $1.2 million in 2010. The increase was principally the result of an increase in miscellaneous fee income as a result of a full year following the merger with ABI. In addition, included in noninterest income for 2011 was a $57,000 net gain on the sale of state and political securities.

Noninterest Expense. Noninterest expense totaled $30.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, compared to $17.1 million in 2010. A primary driver of this increase was a full year following the merger with ABI as increases are evidenced across most noninterest expenses such as salaries and employee benefits, occupancy and equipment and data processing. This is due to the increase from five to eight banking offices as well as an increase in the number of employees as part of the merger. In addition, there was $602,000 of amortization expense in 2011 related to the intangible assets acquired in the acquisition of ABI. This was offset by a decrease of $1.2 million in merger related costs from the previous year to the current year as well as a decrease of $1.4 million in other real estate owned expense as the properties owned in 2010 had more costs associated with them than the mix of properties owned during 2011. In addition, other real estate owned expense in 2010 was increased as a result of the Company’s strategy to strengthen its balance sheet by lowering the amount of nonperforming assets. Also, a goodwill impairment charge of $11.2 million was recorded as of December 31, 2011. The Company historically tests its goodwill for impairment as of September 30, however due to the recording of a full valuation allowance on our deferred tax asset as well as an additional provision for loan losses in the fourth quarter of 2011, the Company updated its goodwill impairment test as of December 31, 2011, which indicated goodwill was impaired. To evaluate goodwill, the Company engaged a third-party valuation specialist to assist management in determining the fair value of the Company and whether goodwill was impaired. The results of this analysis indicated that a portion of the Company’s recorded goodwill was impaired, (see foot note 21 of the

 

57


Table of Contents

Consolidated Financial Statements for further information). After the impairment charges, the Company had $3.1 of goodwill on its balance sheet as of December 31, 2011 that is subject to impairment evaluation in the future.

Income Taxes (Benefit). Income tax expense for the year ended December 31, 2011 was $6.8 million compared to an income tax benefit of $5.8 million in 2010. The increase in income tax expense in comparison to the prior year was mostly the result of recording a full valuation allowance on the Company’s deferred tax asset. The Company recorded a valuation allowance against our deferred tax asset based on evaluation of available positive and negative evidence. When determining the amount of deferred tax assets that are more likely than not to be realized, and therefore recorded as a benefit, the Company conducts a quarterly assessment of all available information. This information includes, but is not limited to, taxable income in prior periods and projected future income. Based on these criteria, the Company determined that it was necessary to establish a valuation allowance against our deferred tax asset. The Company will continue to perform an analysis each quarter to determine if the need for a valuation allowance still exists. To the extent that we generate taxable income in a given quarter, the valuation allowance may be reduced to fully or partially offset the corresponding income tax expense. Any remaining deferred tax asset valuation allowance may be reversed through income tax expense once the Company can demonstrate a sustainable return to profitability and conclude that it is more likely than not the deferred tax asset will be utilized prior to expiration.

Net Income. Net loss for the year ended December 31, 2011 was $24.1 million, or $4.09 per basic and diluted share, compared to a net loss of $11.4 million, or $5.07 per basic and diluted share in 2010. The net loss for the year ended December 31, 2011 is largely driven by the income tax expense of $6.8 million a goodwill impairment charge of $11.2 million, as well as the provision for loan losses due to the continued depressed real estate market in which the Company operates. This was offset by the acquisition of ABI in the fourth quarter of 2010 as additional interest income was recognized in 2011. In addition, the decrease in interest expense due to the continued low interest rate environment positively impacted net income for the year ended December 31, 2011.

Year Ended December 31, 2010 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2009

General. Net loss for the year ended December 31, 2010 was $11.4 million, or $5.07 per basic and diluted share, compared to net earnings of $76,000, or $0.04 per basic and $0.04 per diluted share in 2009. The net loss for the year ended December 31, 2010 is largely driven by the Company’s strategy to strengthen its balance sheet by lowering the amount of underperforming assets such as the sale of substandard loans.

Interest Income and Expense. Interest income increased by $800,000 from $23.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, compared to $24.0 million in 2010. Interest earned on loans was $23.0 million in 2010, compared to $22.2 million in 2009. This increase resulted from an increase in the average loan portfolio balance from $389.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 to $403.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, primarily due to the merger with ABI through which we acquired $158.0 million in loans. This was offset by a slight decrease in the average yield on loans from 5.70% in 2009 to 5.69% in 2010. Additionally, the level of nonperforming loans increased by $26.3 million since December 31, 2009. The increase in nonperforming loans was driven in part by the merger with ABI which accounts for $5.5 million. The remaining increase is due to continued softening of the real estate market in which the Company operates.

The average investment security balance was $31.8 million in 2010, compared to $27.2 million in 2009. The interest on securities decreased to $1.0 million in 2010 from $1.1 million in 2009. The average yield on securities decreased 74 basis points from 3.91% in 2009 to 3.17% in 2010. This decrease was offset by an increase in the securities portfolio primarily due to the merger with ABI.

Interest expense on deposit accounts amounted to $6.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, compared to $7.8 million in 2009. The decrease resulted from a decrease in the weighted average cost of interest-bearing deposits from 2.96% in 2009 to 2.05% in 2010. The average costs on interest-bearing deposits and all interest-bearing liabilities reflect the ongoing reduction in interest rates paid on deposits

 

58


Table of Contents

because of the repricing of deposits in the current environment coupled with the change in the funding mix for 2010 compared to 2009. Interest on FHLB advances, subordinated debt, Federal Reserve borrowing and other borrowings amounted to $1.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, with a weighted average cost of 4.28% compared to $1.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, with a weighted average cost of 3.72%. This increase in weighted average cost was primarily the result of an increase in the rates in effect on our subordinated debt, including the addition of a fourth statutory trust as a result of the merger with ABI. This was offset by a decrease in FHLB advances and Federal Reserve borrowings.

The net interest margin increased by 30 basis points from 3.23% at December 31, 2009 to 3.52% at December 31, 2010. The increase is mainly the result of the Company focusing on core deposit gathering initiatives. The Company closely monitors its liquidity needs in conjunction with the cost of its funding sources and has taken action to reduce costs through reductions in the rates paid on its core deposits.

Provision for Loan Losses. The provision for loan losses is charged to earnings to bring the total allowance to a level deemed appropriate by management and is based upon the volume and type of lending conducted by the Company, the amount of nonperforming loans, and general economic conditions, particularly as they relate to the Company’s market areas, and other factors related to the collectability of the Company’s loan portfolio. The provision for the year ended December 31, 2010 was $17.0 million, compared to $4.4 million in 2009. The provision expense was necessitated primarily by an increase in net charge-offs and the ongoing softening in real estate values in our market. The Company had net loan charge-offs of $10.8 million in 2010 compared to $2.2 million during 2009. Approximately $6.8 million of the increase in charge-offs is related to loans classified as held-for-sale during the fourth quarter which are recorded at the lower of cost or fair value. The remainder was primarily the result of foreclosures and short-sales. Management believes that the allowance for loan losses of $13.1 million at December 31, 2010 is adequate to absorb probable incurred credit losses in the portfolio as of that date.

Noninterest Income. Noninterest income was $1.2 million for 2010 compared to $841,000 in 2009. The increase was principally the result of an increase in miscellaneous fee income as a result of the merger with ABI as well as increased earnings on the BOLI policy.

Noninterest Expense. Noninterest expense totaled $17.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, compared to $10.0 million in 2009. A primary driver of this increase was the merger and capital raise-related expenses that resulted from the ABI merger of approximately $2.0 million. OREO was also a key driver of the noninterest expense increase from 2009 with an increase of $3.3 million as of December 31, 2010. The remaining increase was attributable to additional costs absorbed as a result of the merger with ABI.

Income Taxes (Benefit). The income tax benefit for the year ended December 31, 2010 was $5.8 million compared to an income tax benefit of $104,000 in 2009. The tax benefit is largely the result of the loan loss provision expense that drove the $11.4 million net loss for the year ended December 31, 2010.

 

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

Market Risk

Market risk is the risk of loss from adverse changes in market prices and rates. Our market risk arises primarily from interest-rate risk inherent in lending and deposit-taking activities. To that end, we actively monitor and manage interest-rate risk exposure. There are three primary committees that are responsible for monitoring and managing risk exposure: ALCO Committee of the Bank’s Board of Directors; Management ALCO Committee; and Pricing & Liquidity Management Committee.

The ALCO Committee of the Bank’s Board of Directors meets quarterly to review a summary reporting package along with strategies proposed by management.

 

59


Table of Contents

The Management ALCO Committee, which consists of the Chief Executive Officer, President and the Chief Financial Officer, meets quarterly to review the liquidity position and earnings simulation reports and to ensure there is adequate capital to meet growth strategies. Strategy development is structured to mitigate any exposure that is indicated through the modeling.

The Pricing & Liquidity Management Committee meets monthly to execute the strategies set forth by the preceding two committees. Senior management and select members from other departments comprise this committee.

Disclosures about the fair value of financial instruments, which reflect changes in market prices and rates, can be found in Note 7 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

At the inception of a derivative contract, the Company designates the derivative as one of three types based on the Company’s intentions and belief as to likely effectiveness as a hedge. These three types are (1) a hedge of the fair value of a recognized asset or liability or of an unrecognized firm commitment (“fair value hedge”), (2) a hedge of a forecasted transaction or the variability of cash flows to be received or paid related to a recognized asset or liability (“cash flow hedge”) or (3) an instrument with no hedging designation (“stand-alone derivative”). The Company entered into a derivative contract that is designated as a cash flow hedge. The gain or loss on the derivative is reported in other comprehensive income and is reclassified into earnings in the same periods during which the hedged transaction affects earnings. Any change in the fair value of the derivative that is not highly effective in hedging the change in expected cash flows of the hedged item would be recognized immediately in current earnings. Net cash settlements are recorded in interest income or interest expense, based on the item being hedged. Cash flows on hedges are classified in the cash flow statement the same as the cash flows of the items being hedged.

The Company formally documents the relationship between derivatives and hedged items, as well as the risk-management objective and the strategy for undertaking hedge transactions, at the inception of the hedging relationship. This documentation includes linking the cash flow hedge to the specific liability on the balance sheet. The Company also formally assesses, both at the hedge’s inception and on an ongoing basis, whether the derivative instruments that are used are highly effective in offsetting changes in cash flows of the hedged item. The Company discontinues hedge accounting when it determines that the derivative is no longer effective in offsetting changes in the cash flows of the hedged item, the derivative is settled or terminates, or treatment of the derivative as a hedge is no longer appropriate or intended.

When hedge accounting is discontinued, subsequent changes in fair value of the derivative are recorded as noninterest income. When a cash flow hedge is discontinued but the hedged cash flows are still expected to occur, gains or losses that were accumulated in other comprehensive income are amortized into earnings over the same periods which the hedged transactions will affect earnings.

The Company utilizes a third party and its proprietary simulation model to assist in identifying and managing interest-rate risk. The December 31, 2011 analysis of the Company’s sensitivity to changes in net interest income under varying assumptions for changes in market interest rates is presented below. Specifically, the model derives expected interest income and interest expense resulting from an immediate and parallel shift in the yield curve in the amounts shown.

The starting balances in the Asset/Liability model reflect actual balances on the “as of” date, adjusted for material and significant transactions. Pro forma balances remain static unless otherwise noted by management. This enables interest-rate risk embedded within the existing balance sheet structure to be isolated (growth assumptions can mask interest-rate risk). Management believes, under normal economic conditions, the best indicator of risk is the +/- 200 basis point “shock” (parallel shift) scenario. However, due to the current rate environment, management believes a more reasonable shock in the down scenario is 100 basis points. To provide further exposure to the level of risk/volatility, a “ramping” (gradual increase over 12 months) of rates is modeled as well.

 

60


Table of Contents

Rate changes are matched with known repricing intervals and assumptions about new growth and expected prepayments. Assumptions are based on the Company’s experience as well as industry standards under varying market and interest-rate environments. The measurement of market risk associated with financial instruments is meaningful only when all related and offsetting on- and off-balance-sheet transactions are aggregated and the resulting net positions are identified.

The analysis exaggerates the sensitivity to changes in key interest rates by assuming an immediate change in rates with no management intervention to change the composition of the balance sheet. The Bank’s primary objective in managing interest-rate risk is to minimize the adverse impact of changes in interest rates on net interest income and capital, while adjusting our asset-liability structure to obtain the maximum yield-cost spread on that structure. However, a sudden and substantial change in interest rates may adversely impact earnings to the extent that the interest rates borne by assets and liabilities do not change at the same speed, to the same extent or on the same basis. The Bank does not engage in trading activities.

 

     Interest Rates
Decrease 100  BP
    Base      Interest Rates
Increase 200  BP
 

Hypothetical Net Interest Income

   $ 21,108      $ 20,719       $ 20,694   

Net Interest Income ($ change)

     389        —           25   

Net Interest Income (% change)

     1.88     —           (0.12 )% 

Hypothetical Market Value of Equity

   $ 41,430      $ 42,436       $ 41,685   

Market Value ($ Change)

     (1,106     —           (851

Market Value (% Change)

     (2.67 )%      —           2.00

When compared to the prior year under the same simulation assumptions, the Company’s exposure to market risk remains relatively unchanged. The interest-rate risk position of the Company is slightly liability sensitive. Under the simulation modeling, the base is projected to improve slightly over the first year as funding costs continue to decline; as rates fall, net interest income increases slightly as non-maturity deposits reprice, reducing funding costs to a greater extent than the reduction in asset yields.

In a rising rate environment, higher funding costs are matched by increasing asset yields as floating rate loans reprice, resulting in net interest income tracking in line with the base scenario.

While management carefully monitors the exposure to changes in interest rates and takes necessary actions as warranted to decrease any adverse impact, there can be no assurance on the actual effect on net interest income as a result of rate changes.

 

61


Table of Contents
ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

JACKSONVILLE BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

     Page  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     63   

Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2011 and 2010

     64   

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

     65   

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity for the Years Ended December  31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

     66   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

     67   

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     68   

All schedules are omitted because of the absence of the conditions under which they are required or because the required information is included in the Consolidated Financial Statements and related Notes.

 

62


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

Jacksonville Bancorp, Inc.

Jacksonville, Florida

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Jacksonville Bancorp, Inc. as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in shareholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2011. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2011, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

Crowe Horwath LLP

Fort Lauderdale, Florida

March 30, 2012

 

63


Table of Contents

JACKSONVILLE BANCORP, INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

December 31,

(Dollar amounts in thousands except share data)

 

     2011     2010  

ASSETS

    

Cash and due from financial institutions

   $ 9,955      $ 13,728   

Federal funds sold

     —          6,569   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

     9,955        20,297   

Securities available for sale

     63,140        62,356   

Loans held for sale

     —          13,910   

Loans, net of allowance for loan losses of $13,024 in 2011 and $13,069 in 2010

     449,583        499,696   

Premises and equipment, net

     6,978        6,943   

Bank owned life insurance

     9,541        9,307   

Federal Home Loan Bank stock, at cost

     2,707        3,728   

Real estate owned, net

     7,968        5,733   

Deferred income taxes

     —          7,108   

Accrued interest receivable

     2,598        3,170   

Prepaid regulatory assessment

     782        1,738   

Goodwill

     3,137        12,498   

Other intangible assets, net

     1,774        2,376   

Other assets

     3,262        2,973   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 561,425      $ 651,833   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

    

Deposits

    

Noninterest-bearing

   $ 82,852      $ 72,428   

Money market, NOW and savings deposits

     199,070        211,057   

Time deposits

     191,985        278,702   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deposits

     473,907        562,187   

Loans from related parties

     3,000        800   

Federal Home Loan Bank advances and other borrowings

     36,811        18,124   

Subordinated debentures

     16,026        15,962   

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

     2,337        2,901   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     532,081        599,974   

Commitments and contingent liabilities

    

Shareholders’ equity

    

Preferred stock, $.01 par value; 10,000,000 shares authorized; none issued or outstanding

     —          —     

Common stock, $.01 par value; 40,000,000 shares authorized; 5,889,822 and 5,888,809 shares issued and outstanding, respectively

     59        59   

Additional paid-in capital

     55,383        55,307   

Retained earnings (deficit)

     (27,216     (3,157

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

     1,118        (350
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ equity

     29,344        51,859   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

   $ 561,425      $ 651,833   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

64


Table of Contents

JACKSONVILLE BANCORP, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

Years ended December 31,

(Dollar amounts in thousands except share data)

 

     2011     2010     2009  

Interest and dividend income

      

Loans, including fees

   $ 28,758      $ 22,954      $ 22,190   

Taxable securities

     1,071        540        648   

Tax-exempt securities

     838        469        414   

Federal funds sold and other

     77        (1     (48
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest income

     30,744        23,962        23,204   

Interest expense

      

Deposits

     5,583        6,720        7,844   

Federal Reserve and other borrowings

     172        1        116   

Federal Home Loan Bank advances

     367        790        1,034   

Subordinated debentures

     894        770        734   

Federal funds purchased and repurchase agreements

     —          1        1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest expense

     7,016        8,282        9,729   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income

     23,728        15,680        13,475   

Provision for loan losses

     12,392        16,988        4,361   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income (loss) after provision for loan losses

     11,336        (1,308     9,114   

Noninterest income

      

Service charges on deposit accounts

     884        610        597   

Write-off of non-marketable equity security

     —          —          (132

Other income

     647        564        376   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total noninterest income

     1,531        1,174        841   

Noninterest expense

      

Salaries and employee benefits

     7,617        5,378        4,441   

Occupancy and equipment

     2,524        1,933        1,674   

Regulatory assessment

     1,017        1,009        1,020   

Data processing

     1,448        1,081        909   

Advertising and business development

     523        471        603   

Professional fees

     1,116        684        551   

Merger related costs

     153        2,030        —     

Telephone expense

     310        147        128   

Director fees

     179        111        50   

Courier, freight and postage

     177        109        129   

Other real estate owned expense

     2,060        3,422        73   

Goodwill impairment

     11,159        —          —     

Other

     1,869        749        405   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total noninterest expense

     30,152        17,124        9,983   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income tax (benefit) expense

     (17,285     (17,258     (28

Income tax (benefit) expense

     6,774        (5,816     (104
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ (24,059   $ (11,442   $ 76   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings (loss) per share:

      

Basic

   $ (4.09   $ (5.07   $ .04   

Diluted

   $ (4.09   $ (5.07   $ .04   

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

65


Table of Contents

JACKSONVILLE BANCORP, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Years ended December 31,

(Dollar amounts in thousands except share data)

 

    Common Stock     Additional
Paid-in

Capital
    Retained
Earnings

(Deficit)
    Treasury
Stock
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive

Income (Loss)
    Total  
    Shares     Amount            

Balance at January 1, 2009

    1,748,599      $ 17      $ 18,568      $ 8,213      $ (2   $ 49      $ 26,845   

Comprehensive income:

             

Net income

          76            76   

Change in unrealized gain (loss) on securities available for sale, net of tax

              277        277   

Net unrealized derivative gain (loss) on cash flow hedge, net of tax

              10        10   
             

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income

                363   

Share-based compensation

    3,603          63        (2     38          99   

Purchase of treasury stock

    (3,686           (39       (39

Issuance of common stock

    727                  —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2009

    1,749,243      $ 17      $ 18,631      $ 8,287      $ (3   $ 336      $ 27,268   

Comprehensive income:

             

Net income (loss)

          (11,442         (11,442

Change in unrealized gain (loss) on securities available for sale, net of sale, net of tax

              (411     (411

Net unrealized derivative gain (loss) on cash flow hedge, net of tax

              (275     (275
             

 

 

 

Total comprehensive loss

                (12,128

Share-based compensation

    2,100          96              96   

Purchase of treasury stock

    (1,817         (2     3          1   

Issuance of common stock

    4,139,283        42        36,580              36,622   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2010

    5,888,809      $ 59      $ 55,307      $ (3,157     —        $ (350   $ 51,859   

Comprehensive loss:

             

Net loss

          (24,059         (24,059

Change in unrealized gain (loss) on securities available for sale, net of sale, net of tax

              1,920        1,920   

Net unrealized derivative gain (loss) on cash flow hedge, net of tax

              (452     (452
             

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income

                (22,591

Share-based compensation

        76              76   

Issuance of common stock

    1,013        0                0   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2011

    5,889,822      $ 59      $ 55,383      $ (27,216   $ 0      $ 1,118      $ 29,344   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

66


Table of Contents

JACKSONVILLE BANCORP, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

Years ended December 31,

(Dollar amounts in thousands except share data)

 

    2011     2010     2009  

Cash flows from operating activities

     

Net income (loss)

  $ (24,059   $ (11,442   $ 76   

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash from operating activities

     

Depreciation and amortization

    616        522        491   

Net amortization of deferred loan fees

    (134     (85     48   

Provision for loan losses

    12,392        16,988        4,361   

Goodwill impairment

    11,159        —          —     

Net amortization (accretion) of securities

    707        (46     (50

Net realized gain on sale of securities

    (57     —          —     

Net accretion of purchase accounting adjustments

    (2,817     173        —     

Net (gain) loss on sale of real estate owned

    (25     547        16   

Loss on write-down of real estate owned

    1,804        1,930        30   

Earnings on Bank owned life insurance

    (235     (399     (135

Share-based compensation

    76        118        99   

Loss on disposal of premises and equipment

    31        42        10   

Loss on nonmarketable equity investment

    —          —          132   

Deferred income tax benefit

    6,226        (4,654     (685

Net change in:

     

Accrued interest receivable and other assets

    1,220        (1,030     (2,353

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

    (1,275     554        71   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash from operating activities

    5,629        3,218        2,617   

Cash flows from investing activities

     

Available for sale securities:

     

Sales

    4,599        —          —     

Maturities, prepayments and calls

    9,829        8,922        12,083   

Purchases

    (12,783     (6,935     (4,076

Proceeds from maturity of held to maturity securities

    —          —          50   

Proceeds from bulk loan sale

    13,910        —          —     

Loan (originations) and payments, net

    31,909        8,346        (21,733

Proceeds from sale of real estate owned

    3,459        1,550        4,216   

Additions to premises and equipment

    (716     (513     (89

Proceeds from disposal of premises and equipment

    28        —          —     

Acquisition of Atlantic BancGroup, Inc., net of cash received

    —          19,192        —     

Purchase of Federal Home Loan Bank stock, net of redemptions

    1,021        364        (1,342
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash from investing activities

    51,256        30,926        (10,891

Cash flows from financing activities

     

Net change in deposits

    (88,027     (39,735     25,091   

Net change in federal funds purchased

    —          (227     227   

Net change in Federal Reserve borrowing

    —          —          (26,000

Net change in overnight Federal Home Loan Bank advances

    18,600        —          —     

Net change in fixed rate Federal Home Loan Bank advances

    —          (15,000     5,000   

Proceeds from issuance of common stock

    —          34,689        —     

Proceeds from related party transactions

    2,200        800        —     

Purchase of treasury stock

    —          (21     (39
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash from financing activities

    (67,227     (19,494     4,279   

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

    (10,342     14,650        (4,501

Beginning cash and cash equivalents

    20,297        5,647        10,148   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending cash and cash equivalents

  $ 9,955      $ 20,297      $ 5,647   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:

     

Interest paid

  $ 7,621      $ 8,022      $ 9,873   

Income taxes paid

    1,700        —          410   

Supplemental schedule of noncash investing and financing activities:

     

Acquisition of real estate owned

  $ 7,516      $ 1,851      $ 8,184   

Supplemental schedule of noncash financing activities

     

Loan participation on agreements classified as secured borrowings

  $ 209      $ —        $ —     

We completed the acquisition of Atlantic BancGroup, Inc. in 2010. In connection with the merger, liabilities were assumed as follows:

 

Fair value of assets acquired:

   $ 244,415   

Equity consideration

     (1,933

Cash paid

     (838
  

 

 

 

Liabilities assumed

   $ 241,644   
  

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

67


Table of Contents

 

NOTE 1—SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

(Dollar amounts in thousands except share data)

Nature of Operations and Principles of Consolidation: Jacksonville Bancorp, Inc. (“Bancorp”) is a financial holding company headquartered in Jacksonville, Florida. The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Jacksonville Bancorp, Inc. and its wholly owned, primary operating subsidiary, The Jacksonville Bank, and The Jacksonville Bank’s wholly owned subsidiary, Fountain Financial, Inc. The consolidated entity is referred to as the “Company,” and The Jacksonville Bank and its subsidiary are collectively referred to as the “Bank.” The Company’s financial condition and operating results principally reflect those of the Bank. All intercompany transactions and balances are eliminated in consolidation.

The Company currently provides financial services through its eight full-service branches in Jacksonville, Duval County, Florida, as well as its virtual branch. Its primary business segment is community banking and consists of attracting deposits from the general public and using such deposits and other sources of funds to originate commercial business loans, commercial real estate loans, residential mortgage loans and a variety of consumer loans. Substantially all loans are secured by specific items of collateral, including business assets, consumer assets, and commercial and residential real estate. Commercial loans are expected to be repaid from cash flow from operations of businesses. There are no significant concentrations of loans to any one industry or customer. However, the customers’ ability to repay their loans is dependent on the real estate and general economic conditions in the area.

Use of Estimates: To prepare financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting standards, management makes estimates and assumptions based on available information. These estimates and assumptions affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and the disclosures provided, and actual results could differ from those estimates. Changes in assumptions or in market conditions could significantly affect the estimates. The allowance for loan losses, the fair values of financial instruments, the valuation allowance on our deferred tax asset and the accounting for loans acquired with evidence of credit deterioration are particularly subject to change.

Cash Flows: For the purposes of the consolidated statements of cash flows, cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand, noninterest-bearing deposits with other financial institutions with maturities fewer than 90 days and federal funds sold. Net cash flows are reported for customer loan and deposit transactions, interest-bearing deposits in other financial institutions, short-term Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) advances, federal funds purchased, Federal Reserve discount window and other borrowings.

Concentration of Credit Risk: Most of the Company’s business activity is with customers located in Duval County. Therefore, the Company’s exposure to credit risk is significantly affected by changes in the economy in Duval County.

Advertising Costs: Advertising costs are expensed as incurred.

Securities: Debt securities are classified as held to maturity and carried at amortized cost when management has the positive intent and ability to hold them to maturity. Debt securities are classified as available for sale when they might be sold before maturity. Equity securities with readily determinable fair values are classified as available for sale. Securities available for sale are carried at fair value, with unrealized holding gains and losses reported in other comprehensive income, net of tax. Other securities, such as FHLB stock, are carried at cost.

Interest income includes amortization of purchase premiums and accretion of purchase discounts. Premiums and discounts on securities are amortized on the level yield without anticipating prepayments, except for mortgage-backed securities where prepayments are anticipated. Gains and losses are recorded on the trade date and determined using the specific identification method.

 

68


Table of Contents

NOTE 1—SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

(Dollar amounts in thousands except share data)

 

Declines in the fair value of securities below their cost that are other-than-temporary are reflected as realized losses. In estimating other-than-temporary losses, management considers: the length of time and extent that fair value has been less than cost; the financial condition and near term prospects of the issuer; and the Company’s intent or likelihood that it would be required to sell.

Loans: Loans that management has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future or until maturity or payoff are reported at the principal balance outstanding, net of deferred loan fees and costs, and allowance for loan losses. Interest income is accrued on the unpaid principal balance of the loans. Loan origination fees, net of certain direct origination costs, are deferred and recognized in interest income using the level-yield method without anticipating prepayments.

Interest income on a loan in any of our portfolio segments is discontinued at the time the loan is 90 days delinquent unless the loan is well secured and in process of collection. Past due status is based on the contractual terms of the loan. In all cases, loans are placed on nonaccrual or charged off at an earlier date if collection of principal or interest is considered doubtful. All unsecured loans in our consumer and other portfolio segment are charged off once they reach 90 days delinquent. This is the only portfolio segment that the Company charges off loans solely based on the number of days of delinquency. For real estate mortgage, commercial loan and the secured consumer and other portfolio segments, the charge-off policy is that a loan is fully or partially charged off when, based on management’s assessment, it has been determined that it is highly probable that the Company would not collect all principal and interest payments according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. This assessment is determined based on a detailed review of all substandard and doubtful loans each month. This review considers such criteria as the value of the underlying collateral, financial condition and reputation of the borrower and guarantors and the amount of the borrower’s equity in the loan. The Company’s charge-off policy has remained materially unchanged for all periods presented.

At times, the Company will charge off a portion of a nonperforming or impaired loan versus recording a specific reserve. The decision to charge off a portion of the loan is based on specific facts and circumstances unique to each loan. General criteria considered are: the probability that the Company will foreclose on the property, the value of the underlying collateral compared to the principal amount outstanding on the loan and the personal guarantees associated with the loan. For the period ended December 31, 2011, partial charge-offs were $6,645 on $25,269 of nonperforming loans and impaired loans. For the period ended December 31, 2010, partial charge-offs were $3,352 on $5,617 of nonperforming loans and $6,220 on $10,499 of impaired loans. Of these amounts charged-off for the period ending December 31, 2010, $3,319 of nonperforming loans and $6,215 of impaired loans were due to the bulk loan sale that occurred on February 8, 2011.

Partial charge-offs impact the Company’s credit loss metrics and trends, in particular a reduction in the coverage ratio, by decreasing substandard loan balances, decreasing capital and increasing the historical loss factor used in the calculation of the allowance for loan losses. However, the impact of the historical loss factor on the allowance for loan losses would be slightly offset by the fact that the charge-off reduces the overall loan balance.

All interest accrued but not received for loans placed on nonaccrual is reversed against interest income. Interest received on such loans is accounted for on the cash-basis or cost-recovery method, until qualifying for return to accrual. Loans are returned to accrual status when all the principal and interest amounts contractually due are brought current and future payments are reasonably assured.

Overdrawn customer checking accounts are reclassified as consumer loans and are evaluated on an individual basis for collectability. The balances, which totaled $524 and $68 at December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively, are included in the estimate of allowance for loan losses and are charged off when collectability is considered doubtful.

 

69


Table of Contents

NOTE 1—SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

(Dollar amounts in thousands except share data)

 

Certain Purchased Loans: As part of our merger with Atlantic BancGroup, Inc. (“ABI”), the Company purchased individual loans and groups of loans, some of which have shown evidence of credit deterioration since origination. These purchased loans are recorded at fair value, such that there is no carryover of the seller’s allowance for loan losses. Fair values are preliminary and subject to refinement for up to one year after the closing date of the merger as new information relative to the closing date fair value becomes available. After acquisition, losses are recognized by an increase in the allowance for loan losses if the reason for the loss was due to events and circumstances that did not exist as of the acquisition date. If the reason for the loss was due to events and circumstances that existed as of the acquisition date due to new information obtained during the measurement period (i.e., 12 months from date of acquisition), that, if known, would have resulted in the recognition of additional deterioration, the additional deterioration is recorded as additional carrying discount with a corresponding increase to goodwill.

Such purchased loans are accounted for individually by estimating the amount and timing of expected cash flows for each purchased loan, and the expected cash flows in excess of the amount paid are recorded as interest income over the estimated remaining life of the loan (accretable yield). The excess of the loan’s contractual principal and interest over expected cash flows is not recorded (non-accretable difference).

Over the life of the loan, expected cash flows continue to be estimated. If the present value of expected cash flows is less than the carrying amount, a loss is recorded. If the present value of expected cash flows is greater than the carrying amount, it is recognized as part of future interest income.

Loans Held-for-Sale: Loans intended for sale to independent investors are carried at the lower of aggregate cost or fair value, as determined by outstanding commitments from investors. Net unrealized losses, if any, are recorded as a valuation allowance and charged to earnings.

Allowance for Loan Losses: The allowance for loan losses is a valuation allowance for probable incurred credit losses. Loan losses are charged against the allowance when management believes the uncollectability of a loan balance is confirmed. Subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the allowance. Management estimates the allowance balance required using past loan loss experience, the nature and volume of the portfolio, information about specific borrower situations and estimated collateral values, economic conditions, and other factors. Allocations of the allowance may be made for specific loans, but the entire allowance is available for any loan that, in management’s judgment, should be charged off.

The allowance consists of specific and general components. The specific component relates to loans that are individually classified as impaired.

The Company’s policy for assessing loans for impairment is the same for all classes of loans and is included in our allowance for loan losses policy. The Company classifies a loan as impaired when it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect all amounts due, including both principal and interest, according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. An impairment analysis is performed utilizing the following general factors, although not all of these factors need be met for an impairment analysis to be performed: substandard or doubtful loan, loan amount greater than $100 and the loan is 90 days past due or more. In addition, the Company also considers the following: financial condition of the borrower, the Company’s best estimate of the direction and magnitude of any future changes in the borrower’s financial condition, fair value of collateral if the loan is collateral dependent, loan’s observable market price, expected future cash flow and, if a purchased loan, the amount of the remaining unaccreted carrying discount. For loans acquired in the acquisition of ABI, if events occur within the measurement period (i.e., 12 months from date of acquisition) that cause a deterioration of the loan that is more than the deterioration estimated at acquisition, we evaluate whether the events and circumstances that existed as of the acquisition date are due to new information obtained about facts and

 

70


Table of Contents

NOTE 1—SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

(Dollar amounts in thousands except share data)

 

circumstances that existed as of the acquisition date that, if known, would have resulted in the recognition of additional deterioration. If so, the additional deterioration is recorded as additional carrying discount with a corresponding increase in goodwill. If not, the additional deterioration is recorded as additional provision expense with a corresponding increase in the allowance for loan losses. After the measurement period, any additional impairment above the current carrying discount is recorded as additional provision expense with a corresponding increase in the allowance for loan losses.

If a loan is impaired, a portion of the allowance for loan losses may be allocated so that the loan is reported, net, at the present value of estimated future cash flows using the loan’s existing rate or at the fair value of collateral if repayment is expected solely from the sale of the collateral. If an impaired loan is on nonaccrual, then recognition of interest income would follow our nonaccrual policy, which is to not accrue interest and account for any interest received on the cash-basis or cost recovery method until qualifying for return to accrual. If an impaired loan is not on nonaccrual, then recognition of interest income would accrue on the unpaid principal balance based on the contractual terms of the loan. All impaired loans are reviewed on a quarterly basis for changes in the measurement of impairment. For impaired loans measured using the present value of expected cash flows method, any change to the previously recognized impairment loss is recognized as a change in the allowance for loan loss account and recorded in the consolidated statement of operations as a component of the provision for loan losses.

Loans, for which the terms have been modified resulting in a concession, and for which the borrower is experiencing financial difficulties, are considered troubled debt restructurings and classified as impaired. Troubled debt restructurings are measured at the present value of estimated future cash flows using the loan’s effective rate at inception unless the loan is collateral dependent. Key factors that the Company considers at the time a loan is restructured to determine whether the loan should accrue interest include if the loan is less than 90 days past due and if the loan is in compliance with the modified terms of the loan. The Company determines that the loan has been restructured to be reasonably assured of repayment and of performance according to the modified terms by performing an analysis that documents exactly how the loan is expected to perform under the modified terms. Once loans become troubled debt restructurings, they remain troubled debt restructurings until they mature or are paid off in the normal course of business.

The general component covers all other loans not identified as impaired and is based on historical losses with consideration give to current factors. The historical loss component of the allowance is determined by losses recognized by each portfolio segment over the preceding five years with the most recent years carrying more weight. This is supplemented by the risks for other economic factors. In calculating the historical component of our allowance, we aggregate our loans into one of three portfolio segments: real estate mortgage loans, commercial loans, and consumer and other loans. Risk factors impacting loans in each of the portfolio segments include broad deterioration of property values, reduced consumer and business spending as a result of continued high unemployment and reduced credit availability and lack of confidence in a sustainable recovery. Actual loss experience is supplemented with other economic factors based on the risks present for each portfolio segment. These economic factors include consideration of the following: the concentration of watch and substandard loans as a percentage of total loans, levels of loan concentration within a portfolio segment or division of a portfolio segment and broad economic conditions.

Foreclosed Assets: Assets acquired through or in place of loan foreclosure are initially recorded at estimated fair value less costs to sell when acquired, establishing a new cost basis. If fair value declines subsequent to foreclosure, a valuation allowance is recorded through expense. Operating costs incurred after acquisition are expensed.

 

71


Table of Contents

NOTE 1—SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

(Dollar amounts in thousands except share data)

 

Premises and Equipment: Land is carried at cost. Premises and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Buildings and related components are depreciated using the straight-line method with useful lives ranging from 5 to 40 years. Furniture, fixtures and equipment are depreciated using the straight-line method with useful lives ranging from 3 to 10 years.

Other Real Estate Owned: Other real estate owned includes real estate acquired through foreclosure or deed taken in lieu of foreclosure. These amounts are recorded at estimated fair value, less costs to sell the property, with any difference between the fair value of the property and the carrying value of the loan being charged to the allowance for loan losses. Subsequent changes in fair value are reported as adjustments to the carrying amount, not to exceed the initial carrying value of the assets at the time of transfer. Those subsequent changes, as well as any gains or losses recognized on the sale of these properties, are included in noninterest expense.

Federal Home Loan (FHLB) Stock: The Bank is a member of the FHLB system. Members are required to own a certain amount of stock based on the level of borrowings and other factors, and may invest in additional amounts. FHLB stock is carried at cost, classified as a restricted security and periodically evaluated for impairment based on ultimate recovery of par value. Both cash and stock dividends are reported as income.

Long-term Assets: Premises and equipment and other long-term assets are reviewed for impairment when events indicate their carrying amount may not be recoverable from future undiscounted cash flows. If impaired, the assets are recorded at fair value.

Loan Commitments and Related Financial Instruments: Financial instruments include off-balance-sheet credit instruments, such as commitments to make loans and commercial letters of credit, issued to meet customer financing needs. The face amount for these items represents the exposure to loss, before considering customer collateral or ability to repay. Such financial instruments are recorded when they are funded.

Bank Owned Life Insurance: The Bank has purchased life insurance policies on certain key employees. Bank owned life insurance is recorded at the amount that can be realized under the insurance contract at the balance sheet date, which is the cash surrender value adjusted for other charges or other amounts due that are probable at settlement.

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets: Goodwill resulting from business combinations after January 1, 2009, is generally determined as the excess of the fair value of the consideration transferred, plus the fair value of any noncontrolling interests in the acquiree, over the fair value of the net assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of the acquisition date. Goodwill and intangible assets acquired in a purchase business combination and determined to have an indefinite useful life are not amortized, but tested for impairment at least annually. The Company has selected September 30 as the date to perform the annual impairment test. Intangible assets with definite useful lives are amortized over their estimated useful lives to their estimated residual values. Goodwill is the only intangible asset with an indefinite life on our balance sheet.

Other intangible assets consist of a core deposit intangible asset arising from the acquisition of ABI which is amortized on an accelerated method over its estimated useful life of eight years.

Derivatives: At the inception of a derivative contract, the Company designates the derivative as one of three types based on the Company’s intentions and belief as to likely effectiveness as a hedge. These three types are (1) a hedge of the fair value of a recognized asset or liability or of an unrecognized firm commitment (“fair value hedge”), (2) a hedge of a forecasted transaction or the variability of cash flows to be received or paid related to a recognized asset or liability (“cash flow hedge”), or (3) an instrument with no hedging designation (“stand-alone derivative”). The Company entered into a derivative contract that is designated as a cash flow hedge. The gain or

 

72


Table of Contents

NOTE 1—SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

(Dollar amounts in thousands except share data)

 

loss on the derivative is reported in other comprehensive income and is reclassified into earnings in the same periods during which the hedged transaction affects earnings. Any change in the fair value of the derivative that is not highly effective in hedging the change in expected cash flows of the hedged item would be recognized immediately in current earnings. Net cash settlements are recorded in interest income or interest expense, based on the item being hedged. Cash flows on hedges are classified in the cash flow statement the same as the cash flows of the items being hedged.

The Company formally documents the relationship between derivatives and hedged items, as well as the risk-management objective and the strategy for undertaking hedge transactions, at the inception of the hedging relationship. This documentation includes linking the cash flow hedge to the specific liability on the balance sheet. The Company also formally assesses, both at the hedge’s inception and on an ongoing basis, whether the derivative instruments that are used are highly effective in offsetting changes in cash flows of the hedged item. The Company discontinues hedge accounting when it determines that the derivative is no longer effective in offsetting changes in the cash flows of the hedged item, the derivative is settled or terminates, or treatment of the derivative as a hedge is no longer appropriate or intended.

When hedge accounting is discontinued, subsequent changes in fair value of the derivative are recorded as noninterest income. When a cash flow hedge is discontinued but the hedged cash flows are still expected to occur, gains or losses that were accumulated in other comprehensive income are amortized into earnings over the same periods which the hedged transactions will affect earnings.

Share-based Compensation: Compensation cost is recognized for stock options and restricted stock awards issued to employees, based on the fair value of these awards at the date of grant. A Black-Scholes model is utilized to estimate the fair value of stock options, while the market price of Bancorp’s common stock at the date of grant is used for restricted stock awards. Compensation cost is recognized over the required service period, generally defined as the vesting period. For awards with graded vesting, compensation cost is recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period for the entire award.

Income Taxes: Income tax expense or benefit is the total of the current year income tax due or refundable and the change in deferred tax assets and liabilities. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are the expected future tax amounts for the temporary differences between carrying amounts and tax basis of assets and liabilities, computed using enacted tax rates. A valuation allowance, if needed, reduces deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.

A tax position is recognized as a benefit only if it is “more likely than not” that the tax position would be sustained in a tax examination, with a tax examination being presumed to occur. The amount recognized is the largest amount of tax benefit that is greater than 50% likely of being realized on examination. For tax positions not meeting the “more likely than not” test, no tax benefit is recorded. There were no uncertain tax positions taken by the Company for the years ending December 31, 2011 and 2010. The Company’s returns are subject to examination by taxing authorities for all years after 2007. The Company recognizes interest and/or penalties related to income tax matters in income tax expense.

Earnings (Loss) Per Common Share: Basic earnings (loss) per common share is net income (loss) divided by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings (loss) per common share includes the dilutive effect of additional potential common shares issuable under stock options.

The effect of stock options and stock awards is the sole common stock equivalent for the purposes of calculating diluted earnings per common share.

 

73


Table of Contents

NOTE 1—SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

(Dollar amounts in thousands except share data)

 

Comprehensive Income (Loss): Comprehensive income (loss) consists of net income (loss) and other comprehensive income (loss). Other comprehensive income (loss) includes unrealized gains and losses on securities available for sale and unrealized gains and losses on cash flow hedges which are also recognized as separate components of equity.

Treasury Stock: Treasury stock is carried at cost. Gains and losses on issuances are based on the market price of the underlying common stock at the date of issuance and are determined using the first-in, first-out (FIFO) method. Gains on issuances are credited to additional paid-in capital while losses are charged to additional paid-in capital to the extent that previous net gains from issuances are included therein, otherwise to retained earnings. Gains or losses on the issuances of treasury stock are not credited or charged to income.

Loss Contingencies: Loss contingencies, including claims and legal actions arising in the ordinary course of business, are recorded as liabilities when the likelihood of loss is probable and an amount or range of loss can be reasonably estimated. Management does not believe there now are such matters that will have a material effect on the financial statements.

Restrictions on Cash: Cash on hand or on deposit with the Federal Reserve Bank is required to meet regulatory reserve and clearing requirements.

Dividend Restrictions: Bank regulations require maintaining certain capital levels and may limit the dividends paid by the Bank to Bancorp or by Bancorp to its shareholders.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments: Fair values of financial instruments are estimated using relevant market information and other assumptions, as more fully disclosed in Note 7. Fair value estimates involve uncertainties and matters of significant judgment regarding interest rates, credit risk, prepayments, and other factors, especially in the absence of broad markets for particular items. Changes in assumptions or in market conditions could significantly affect the estimates.

Operating Segments: While the chief decision makers monitor the revenue streams of the various products and services, operations are managed and financial performance is evaluated on a Company-wide basis. Accordingly, all of the financial service operations are considered by management to be aggregated into one reportable operating segment.

Reclassifications: Some items in the prior year financial statements were reclassified to conform to the current presentation.

Adoption of New Accounting Standards: In April 2011, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) amended existing guidance for assisting a creditor in determining whether a restructuring is a troubled debt restructuring. The amendments clarify the guidance for a creditor’s evaluation of whether it has granted a concession and whether a debtor is experiencing financial difficulties. This guidance is effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after June 15, 2011, and should be applied retrospectively to the beginning of the annual period of adoption. For purposes of measuring impairment on newly identified troubled debt restructurings, the amendments should be applied prospectively for the first interim or annual period beginning on or after June 15, 2011. The adoption of this standard did not have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements.

In May 2011, the FASB completed their amendments to achieve common fair value measurement and disclosure requirements in U.S. GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards and issued a final standard. Many of

 

74


Table of Contents

NOTE 1—SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

(Dollar amounts in thousands except share data)

 

the changes in the U.S. final standard represent clarifications to existing guidance. However, certain of the amendments could result in significant changes in practice. Such amendments include how and when the valuation premise of highest and best use applies, the application of premiums and discounts, as well as new required disclosures. The provisions of these amendments are effective for financial statements issued for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011. We do not expect the adoption of this standard to have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements.

In September 2011, the FASB amended existing guidance and eliminated the option to present the components of other comprehensive income as part of the statement of changes in shareholder’s equity. The amendment requires that comprehensive income be presented in either a single continuous statement or in a two separate consecutive statement approach and changes the presentation of reclassification items out of other comprehensive income to net income. In December 2011, the FASB deferred certain provisions related to the reclassifications of items out of accumulated other comprehensive income and the presentation of the reclassification items. The adoption of this amendment will change the presentation of the components of comprehensive income for the Company as part of the consolidated statement of shareholders’ equity. The other provisions of the amendment are effective for fiscal and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2011. We do not expect the adoption of this standard to have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements.

In September 2011, the FASB issued an accounting standards update to simplify testing goodwill for impairment. An entity will now have the option to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is necessary to perform the current two-step test. If an entity believes, as a result of its qualitative assessment, that it is more-likely-than-not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, the quantitative impairment test is required. Otherwise, no further testing is required. An entity can choose to perform the qualitative assessment on none, some or all of its reporting units. Moreover, an entity can bypass the qualitative assessment for any reporting unit in any period and proceed directly to step one of the impairment test, and then resume performing the qualitative assessment in any subsequent period. The revised standard is effective for annual and interim goodwill impairment tests performed for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2011. However, an entity can choose to early adopt even if its annual test date is before the issuance of the final standard, provided that the entity has not yet performed its 2011 annual impairment test or issued its financial statements. We do not expect the adoption of this standard to have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements.

NOTE 2

On November 16, 2010, the Company acquired 100% of the outstanding common shares of Atlantic BancGroup, Inc. and its wholly owned subsidiary, Oceanside Bank, in exchange for 249,483 shares of Bancorp’s common stock and $838 in cash. Under the terms of the agreement and plan of merger, ABI common shareholders received 0.2 shares of Bancorp’s common stock and $0.67 in cash in exchange for each share of ABI common stock. As a result of the merger, the Company enhanced its geographic footprint and now operates in a new market, the Jacksonville Beach area. ABI results of operations were included in the Company’s results beginning November 16, 2010. Acquisition-related costs are included in merger related costs in the Company’s income statement for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010. The fair value of the common shares issued as part of the consideration paid for ABI was determined on the basis of the closing price of the Company’s common shares on the acquisition date.

 

75


Table of Contents

NOTE 2—BUSINESS COMBINATION AND CAPITAL RAISE

(Dollar amounts in thousands except share data)

Additionally, Bancorp simultaneously executed a stock purchase agreement with four accredited investors led by CapGen Capital Group IV LP (“CapGen”) to sell $35,000 in Bancorp common stock. A total of 3,888,889 shares were issued at $9.00 per share. The net proceeds from the sale after offering expenses were $34,687 and were used to fund the merger and integration of ABI into the Company. As a result of this transaction, no one entity owns more than 50% of the Company.

As previously disclosed, the fair values initially assigned to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed were preliminary and subject to refinement for up to one year after the closing date of the merger as new information relative to the closing date fair value became available. Specifically, additional information related to the fair value over loans and other real estate owned changed as new information became available. Final valuation and purchase price allocation adjustments are reflected in the table below:

 

     November 16,
2010

(as initially
reported)
    Final
Measurement
Period
Adjustments
    November 16,
2010

(as adjusted)
 

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 20,030      $ —        $ 20,030   

Securities

     42,785        —          42,785   

FHLB Stock

     1,045        —          1,045   

Loans

     157,971        (1,844     156,127   

Core deposit intangible

     2,453        —          2,453   

Other real estate owned

     2,702        39        2,741   

Premises and equipment

     3,374        —          3,374   

Other assets

     1,557        (10     1,547   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets acquired

   $ 231,917      $ (1,815   $ 230,102   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deposits

   $ 231,306      $ —        $ 231,306   

FHLB borrowed funds

     8,124        —          8,124   

Subordinated debt

     1,404        —          1,404   

Other liabilities

     810        (17     793   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities assumed

   $ 241,644      $ (17   $ 241,627   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total identifiable net liabilities

   $ (9,727   $ (1,798   $ (11,525

Goodwill

   $ 12,498      $ 1,798      $ 14,296   

Cash Paid

   $ 838      $ —        $ 838   

Equity consideration

   $ 1,933      $ —        $ 1,933   

The following table presents unaudited pro forma information as if the acquisition had occurred at the beginning of 2010 and 2009. The pro forma information includes adjustments for interest income on loans and securities acquired, amortization of intangibles arising from the transaction, depreciation expense on property acquired, interest expense on deposits acquired, and the related income tax effects. The proforma financial information is not necessarily indicative of the results of operations that would have occurred had the transactions been effected on the assumed dates.

 

     2010     2009  
     (unaudited)     (unaudited)  

Net interest income

   $ 24,967      $ 22,898   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income

   $ (10,163   $ 69   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic (loss) earnings per share

   $ (1.73   $ .01   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted (loss) earnings per share

   $ (1.73   $ .01   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

76


Table of Contents

NOTE 3—INVESTMENT SECURITIES

(Dollar amounts in thousands except per share data)

The following table summarizes the amortized cost and fair value of the available-for-sale and investment securities portfolio at December 31, 2011 and 2010 and the corresponding amounts of unrealized gains and losses therein:

 

     Amortized
Cost
     Unrealized
Gains
     Unrealized
Losses
    Fair
Value
 

(Dollars in thousands)

          

December 31, 2011

          

Available-for sale securities

          

U.S. government-sponsored entities and agencies

   $ 3,093       $ 6       $ (6   $ 3,093   

State and political subdivisions

     16,574         1,317         (10     17,881   

Mortgage-backed securities—residential

     31,601         1,451         —          33,052   

Collateralized mortgage obligations—residential

     8,929         185         —          9,114   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total available-for-sale securities

   $ 60,197       $ 2,959       $ (16   $ 63,140   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 
     Amortized
Cost
     Unrealized
Gains
     Unrealized
Losses
    Fair
Value
 

(Dollars in thousands)

          

December 31, 2010

          

Available-for sale securities

          

U.S. government-sponsored entities and agencies

   $ —         $ —         $ —        $ —     

State and political subdivisions

     23,584         208         (458     23,334   

Mortgage-backed securities—residential

     33,545         355         (302     33,598   

Collateralized mortgage obligations—residential

     5,363         61         —          5,424   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total available-for-sale securities

   $ 62,492       $ 624       $ (760   $ 62,356   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

The proceeds from sales of available-for-sale securities and the associated gains and losses are listed below:

 

     December 31, 2011     December 31, 2010      December 31, 2009  

Gross gains

   $ 86      $ —         $ —     

Gross losses

     (29     —           —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net gain

   $ 57      $ —         $ —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Proceeds

   $ 4,599      $ —         $ —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

The amortized cost and fair value of the investment securities portfolio are shown by contractual maturity. Securities not due at a single maturity date, primarily mortgage-backed and collateralized mortgage obligations, are shown separately.

 

     December 31, 2011  
     Amortized
Cost
     Fair
Value
 

Maturity

     

Available-for-sale securities

     

Within one year

   $ —         $ —     

One to five years

     205         218   

Five to ten years

     4,892         5,074   

Beyond ten years

     14,570         15,682   

Mortgage-backed

     31,601         33,052   

Collateralized mortgage obligations

     8,929         9,114   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Investment Securities

   $ 60,197       $ 63,140   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

77


Table of Contents

NOTE 3—INVESTMENT SECURITIES (Continued)

(Dollar amounts in thousands except per share data)

 

Securities pledged for the years ending 2011 and 2010 had carrying amounts of $14,784 and $7,458, respectively, and were pledged to secure the available line for the Federal Reserve Bank borrowing for the Borrower in Custody Program as well as the state of Florida.

For the years ending 2011 and 2010, there were no holdings of securities of any one issuer, other than the U.S. government and its agencies, in an amount greater than 10% of shareholders’ equity.

The following table summarizes the investment securities with unrealized losses at December 31, 2011 and 2010 by aggregated major security type and length of time in a continuous unrealized loss position:

 

     Less Than 12 Months     12 Months or Longer      Total  
     Fair
Value
     Unrealized
Losses
    Fair
Value
     Unrealized
Losses
     Fair
Value
     Unrealized
Losses
 

(Dollars in thousands)

                

December 31, 2011

                

Available-for-sale securities

                

U.S. government-sponsored entities and agencies

   $ 994       $ (6   $ —         $ —         $ 994       $ (6

State and political subdivisions

     210         (10     —           —           210         (10

Mortgage-backed securities—residential

     —           —          —           —           —           —     

Collateralized mortgage obligations—residential

     —           —          —           —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total investment securities

   $ 1,204       $ (16   $ 0       $ 0       $ 1,204       $ (16
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     Less Than 12 Months     12 Months or Longer      Total  
    

Fair

Value

     Unrealized
Losses
    Fair
Value
     Unrealized
Losses
     Fair
Value
     Unrealized
Losses
 

(Dollars in thousands)

                

December 31, 2010

                

Available-for-sale securities

                

U.S. government-sponsored entities and agencies

   $ —         $ —        $ —         $ —         $ —         $ —     

State and political subdivisions

     14,225         (458     —           —           14,225         (458

Mortgage-backed securities—residential

     22,793         (302     —           —           22,793         (302

Collateralized mortgage obligations—residential

     —           —          —           —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total investment securities

   $ 37,018       $ (760   $ —         $ —         $ 37,018       $ (760
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other-Than-Temporary Impairment

Management evaluates securities for other-than-temporary impairment (“OTTI”) at least on a quarterly basis and more frequently when economic or market conditions warrant such an evaluation. In determining OTTI for debt securities, management considers many factors, including: (1) the length of time and the extent to which the fair value has been less than cost, (2) the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer, (3) whether the market decline was affected by macroeconomic conditions, and (4) whether the entity has the intent to sell the debt security or more likely than not will be required to sell the debt security before its anticipated recovery. The assessment of whether an other-than-temporary decline exists involves a high degree of subjectivity and judgment and is based on the information available to management at a point in time.

 

78


Table of Contents

NOTE 3—INVESTMENT SECURITIES (Continued)

(Dollar amounts in thousands except per share data)

 

In order to determine OTTI for purchased beneficial interests that, on the purchase date, were rated below AA, the Company compares the present value of the remaining cash flows as estimated at the preceding evaluation date to the current expected remaining cash flows. OTTI is deemed to have occurred if there has been an adverse change in the remaining expected future cash flows. It is not the Bank’s policy to purchase securities rated below AA.

When OTTI occurs, for either debt securities or purchased beneficial interests that, on the purchase date, were rated below AA, the amount of OTTI recognized in earnings depends on whether an entity intends to sell the security or it is more likely than not it will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis, less any current-period credit loss. If an entity intends to sell or it is more likely than not it will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis, less any current-period credit loss, the OTTI shall be recognized in earnings equal to the entire difference between the investment’s amortized cost basis and its fair value at the balance sheet date. If an entity does not intend to sell the security and it is not more likely than not that the entity will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis less any current-period loss, the OTTI shall be separated into the amount representing the credit loss and the amount related to all other factors. The amount of the total OTTI related to the credit loss is determined based on the present value of cash flows expected to be collected and is recognized in earnings. The amount of the total OTTI related to other factors is recognized in other comprehensive income, net of applicable taxes. The previous amortized cost basis less the OTTI recognized in earnings becomes the new amortized cost basis of the investment.

As of December 31, 2011, the Company’s security portfolio consisted of $63,140 of available-for-sale securities, and $1,204 was in an unrealized loss position. The majority of unrealized losses are related to the Company’s U.S. State and Political Subdivisions and U.S. Government-Sponsored Entities and Agencies, as discussed below:

U.S. Government-Sponsored Entities and Agencies

All of the U.S. Agency securities held by the Company were issued by U.S. government-sponsored entities and agencies. The decline in fair value is attributable to changes in interest rates and illiquidity, and not credit quality.

Because the Company does not have the intent to sell these securities, and it is likely that it will not be required to sell the securities before their anticipated recovery, the Company does not consider these to be other-than-temporarily impaired at December 31, 2011.

State and Political Subdivisions

All of the State and Political Subdivisions (“Municipal Bonds”) held by the Company were issued by a city or other local government. The Municipal Bonds are general obligations of the issuer and are secured by specified revenues. The decline in fair value is primarily attributable to changes in interest rates and the ratings of the underlying insurers rather than the ability or willingness of the municipality to repay.

Because the Company does not have the intent to sell these securities, and it is likely that it will not be required to sell the securities before their anticipated recovery, the Company does not consider these to be other-than-temporarily impaired at December 31, 2011.

For the 12-month period ended December 31, 2011, there were no credit losses recognized in earnings.

 

79


Table of Contents

NOTE 4—LOANS

(Dollar amounts in thousands except per share data)

Loans at year end, excluding loans classified as held for sale, were as follows:

 

     2011     2010  

Commercial

   $ 35,714      $ 35,976   

Real estate:

    

Residential

     115,814        136,771   

Commercial

     261,468        282,468   

Construction and land

     45,891        52,808   

Consumer

     3,955        5,110   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Subtotal

     462,842        513,133   

Less: Net deferred loan fees

     (235     (368

Allowance for loan losses

     (13,024     (13,069
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans, net

   $ 449,583      $ 499,696   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans acquired as a result of the merger with ABI were recorded at fair value on the date of acquisition. The amounts reported in the table above are net of the fair value adjustments as well as loans held-for-sale. The table below reflects the contractual amount less the discount to principal balances remaining from these fair value adjustments by class of loan as of December 31, 2011 and 2010. This discount will be accreted into interest income as deemed appropriate over the remaining term of the related loans:

 

     Gross Contractual
Amount Receivable
     Discount      Carrying
Balance
 

December 31, 2011

        

Commercial

   $ 4,718       $ 261       $ 4,457   

Real estate:

        

Residential

     41,820         4,229         37,591   

Commercial

     61,439         5,344         56,095   

Construction and land

     19,572         3,498         16,074   

Consumer

     1,515         137         1,378   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 129,064       $ 13,469       $ 115,595   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     Gross Contractual
Amount Receivable
     Discount      Carrying
Balance
 

December 31, 2010

        

Commercial

   $ 11,206       $ 923       $ 10,283   

Real estate:

        

Residential

     50,651         5,470         45,181   

Commercial

     76,416         6,875         69,541   

Construction and land

     28,048         4,913         23,135   

Consumer

     2,735         171         2,564   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 169,056       $ 18,352       $ 150,704   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

80


Table of Contents

NOTE 4—LOANS (Continued)

(Dollar amounts in thousands except share data)

 

As of December 31, 2011, there were no loans classified as held-for-sale. As of December 31, 2010, loans classified as held-for-sale were $13,910 and were sold on February 11, 2011 through a bulk loan sale. There was no gain or loss recorded as a result of the bulk loan sale. The composition of the loans sold was as follows:

 

Commercial loans

   $ 20   

Real estate mortgage loans:

  

Residential

     1,401   

Commercial

     11,649   

Construction and land

     840   

Consumer loans

     —     
  

 

 

 
   $ 13,910   
  

 

 

 

Activity in the allowance for loan losses by portfolio segment for December 31 was as follows:

 

     2011      2010     2009  

Allowance at beginning of period

   $ 13,069       $ 6,854      $ 4,705   

Charge-offs:

       

Commercial loans

     222         37        425   

Real estate loans

     12,193         10,763        1,788   

Consumer and other loans

     406         107        22   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total charge-offs

     12,821         10,907        2,235   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Recoveries:

       

Commercial loans

     15         85        10   

Real estate loans

     255         46        9   

Consumer and other loans

     114         3        4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total recoveries

     384         134        23   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net charge-offs

     12,437         10,773        2,212   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Provision for loan losses charged to operating expenses:

       

Commercial loans

     224         (139     197   

Real estate loans

     11,811         17,017        4,143   

Consumer and other loans

     357         110        21   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total provision

     12,392         16,988        4,361   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Allowance at end of period

   $ 13,024       $ 13,069      $ 6,854   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Company has divided the loan portfolio into three portfolio segments, each with different risk characteristics and methodologies for assessing risk. The portfolio segments identified by the Company are as follows:

Real Estate Mortgage Loans

Real estate mortgage loans are typically segmented into three classes: Commercial real estate, Residential real estate and Construction and Land real estate. Commercial real estate loans are secured by the subject property and are underwritten based upon standards set forth in the policies approved by the Board. Such standards include, among other factors, loan to value limits, cash flow coverage and general creditworthiness of the obligors. Residential real estate loans are underwritten in accordance with policies set forth and approved by the Board, including repayment capacity and source, value of the underlying property, credit history and stability.

 

81


Table of Contents

NOTE 4—LOANS (Continued)

(Dollar amounts in thousands except share data)

 

Construction loans to borrowers are to finance the construction of owner occupied and lease properties. These loans are categorized as construction loans during the construction period, later converting to commercial or residential real estate loans after the construction is complete and amortization of the loan begins. Real estate development and construction loans are approved based on an analysis of the borrower and guarantor, the viability of the project and on an acceptable percentage of the appraised value of the property securing the loan. Real estate development and construction loan funds are disbursed periodically based on the percentage of construction completed. The Bank carefully monitors these loans with on-site inspections and requires the receipt of lien waivers on funds advanced. Development and construction loans are typically secured by the properties under development or construction, and personal guarantees are typically obtained. Further, to assure that reliance is not placed solely on the value of the underlying property, the Bank considers the market conditions and feasibility of proposed projects, the financial condition and reputation of the borrower and guarantors, the amount of the borrower’s equity in the project, independent appraisals, costs estimates and pre-construction sale information. The Bank also makes loans on occasion for the purchase of land for future development by the borrower. Land loans are extended for the future development for either commercial or residential use by the borrower. The Bank carefully analyzes the intended use of the property and the viability thereof.

Repayment of real estate loans is primarily dependent upon the personal income or business income generated by the secured property of the borrowers, which can be impacted by the economic conditions in their market area. Risk is mitigated by the fact that the properties securing the Company’s real estate loan portfolio are diverse in type and spread over a large number of borrowers.

Commercial Loans

Commercial loans are primarily underwritten on the basis of the borrowers’ ability to service such debt from income. The cash flows of borrowers, however, may not be as expected and the collateral securing these loans may fluctuate in value. As a general practice, we take as collateral a security interest in any available real estate, equipment, or other chattel, although loans may also be made on an unsecured basis. Collateralized working capital loans typically are secured by short-term assets whereas long-term loans are primarily secured by ]long-term assets.

Consumer and Other Loans

Consumer and other loans are extended for various purposes, including purchases of automobiles, recreational vehicles, and boats. We also offer home improvement loans, lines of credit, personal loans, and deposit account collateralized loans. Repayment of these loans is primarily dependent on the personal income of the borrowers, which can be impacted by economic conditions in their market areas such as unemployment levels. Loans to consumers are extended after a credit evaluation, including the creditworthiness of the borrower(s), the purpose of the credit, and the secondary source of repayment. Consumer loans are made at fixed and variable interest rates and may be made on terms of up to ten years. Risk is mitigated by the fact that the loans are of smaller individual amounts and spread over a large number of borrowers.

 

82


Table of Contents

NOTE 4—LOANS (Continued)

(Dollar amounts in thousands except share data)

 

The following tables present the balance in the allowance for loan losses and the recorded investment in loans by portfolio segment, excluding loans classified as held-for-sale, and based on the impairment method as of December 31, 2011 and 2010:

 

     Commercial      Real Estate      Consumer
and other
     Total  

December 31, 2011

           

Allowance for loan losses:

           

Ending allowance balance attributable to loans:

           

Individually evaluated for impairment

   $ —         $ 1,747       $ —         $ 1,747   

Collectively evaluated for impairment

     587         10,566         119         11,272   

Loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality

     —           4         —           4   

Loans acquired without deteriorated credit quality

     —           1         —           1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total ending allowance balance

   $ 587       $ 12,318       $ 119       $ 13,024   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Loans:

           

Loans individually evaluated for impairment

   $ 456       $ 36,914       $ —         $ 37,370   

Loans collectively evaluated for impairment

     30,801         276,498         2,577         309,876   

Loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality

     483         39,668         19         40,170   

Loans acquired without deteriorated credit quality

     3,974         70,093         1,359         75,426   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total ending loans balance

   $ 35,714       $ 423,173       $ 3,955       $ 462,842   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     Commercial      Real Estate      Consumer
and other
     Total  

December 31, 2010

           

Allowance for loan losses:

           

Ending allowance balance attributable to loans:

           

Individually evaluated for impairment

   $ —         $ 6,384       $ 2       $ 6,386   

Collectively evaluated for impairment

     570         6,061         52         6,683   

Loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality

     —           —           —           —     

Loans acquired without deteriorated credit quality

     —           —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total ending allowance balance

   $ 570       $ 12,445       $ 54       $ 13,069   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Loans:

           

Loans individually evaluated for impairment

   $ —         $ 46,472       $ 2       $ 46,474   

Loans collectively evaluated for impairment

     25,699         287,711         2,546         315,956   

Loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality

     1,199         50,893         39         52,131   

Loans acquired without deteriorated credit quality

     9,078         86,971         2,523         98,572   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total ending loans balance

   $ 35,976       $ 472,047       $ 5,110       $ 513,133   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

83


Table of Contents

NOTE 4—LOANS (Continued)

(Dollar amounts in thousands except share data)

 

The following tables present loans individually evaluated for impairment, excluding loans classified as held-for-sale, by class of loans as of December 31, 2011 and 2010:

 

     Unpaid
Principal
Balance
     Recorded
Investment
     Allowance for
Loans Losses
Allocated
 

December 31, 2011

        

With no related allowance recorded:

        

Real estate—residential

   $ 11,517       $ 10,574       $ —     

Real estate—commercial

     9,527         7,443         —     

Real estate—construction and land

     12,365         8,885         —     

Commercial

     470         457         —     

With an allowance recorded:

        

Real estate—residential

     247         236         21   

Real estate—commercial

     10,314         9,479         1,665   

Real estate—construction and land

     304         296         61   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 44,744       $ 37,370       $ 1,747   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     Unpaid
Principal
Balance
     Recorded
Investment
     Allowance for
Loans Losses
Allocated
 

December 31, 2010

        

With no related allowance recorded:

        

Real estate—residential

   $ 10,635       $ 10,635       $ —     

Real estate—commercial

     5,225         5,212         —     

Real estate—construction and land

     890         890         —     

With an allowance recorded:

        

Real estate—residential

     5,409         5,359         1,135   

Real estate—commercial

     12,318         12,279         2,527   

Real estate—construction and land

     12,097         12,097         2,722   

Consumer

     8         2         2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 46,582       $ 46,474       $ 6,386   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Average of impaired loans and related interest income and cash-basis interest income recognized during impairment for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 were as follows:

 

     December 31, 2011      December 31, 2010      December 31, 2009  
     Average
Impaired
Loans
     Interest
Income
     Cash-Basis      Average
Impaired
Loans
     Interest
Income
     Cash-Basis      Average
Impaired
Loans
     Interest
Income
     Cash-Basis  

Commercial:

   $ 158       $ 12       $ 12       $ 27       $ 1       $ 1       $ 197       $ 4       $ 4   

Real estate:

                          

Residential

     12,890         71         29         8,026         481         481         6,662         194         194   

Commercial

     17,376         421         218         15,631         652         652         10,226         408         408   

Construction and land

     12,658         141         28         3,636         251         251         4,642         51         51   

Consumer

     1         —           —           38         2         2         1         —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 43,083       $ 645       $ 287       $ 27,358       $ 1,387       $ 1,387       $ 21,728       $ 657       $ 657   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

84


Table of Contents

NOTE 4—LOANS (Continued)

(Dollar amounts in thousands except share data)

 

The following tables present the recorded investment in nonaccrual and loans past due over 90 days still on accrual, excluding loans classified as held-for-sale, by class of loans as of:

 

     December 31, 2011  
     Nonaccrual      Loans Past Due over 90
Days Still on Accrual
 

Commercial

   $ 1,168       $ —     

Real estate mortgage loans:

     

Commercial

     17,081         —     

Residential

     13,684         —     

Construction and land

     14,953         —     

Consumer

     18         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 46,904       $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     December 31, 2010  
     Nonaccrual      Loans Past Due over 90
Days Still on Accrual
 

Commercial

   $ 371       $ —     

Real estate mortgage loans:

     

Commercial

     9,843         —     

Residential

     14,215         —     

Construction and land

     10,582         —     

Consumer

   $ 6       $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 35,017       $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Included in the nonaccrual and loans past due over 90 days still on accrual tables above are loans acquired in the merger with ABI. As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, the amounts totaled $11,472 and $5,540, respectively.

The following tables present the aging of the recorded investment in past due loans, excluding loans classified as held-for-sale, by class of loans, as of December 31, 2011:

 

     30-59 Days
Past Due
     60-89 Days
Past Due
     90 Days Past
Due and
Greater
     Total Past Due      Loans Not
Past Due
     Total  

Commercial

   $ 40       $ 90       $ 200       $ 330       $ 35,384       $ 35,714   

Real estate:

                 

Residential

     1,061         393         13,203         14,657         101,157         115,814   

Commercial

     2,041         6,050         9,724         17,815         243,653         261,468   

Construction and land

     296         1,974         14,510         16,780         29,111         45,891   

Consumer

     277         17         5         299         3,656         3,955   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 3,715       $ 8,524       $ 37,642       $ 49,881       $ 412,961       $ 462,842   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

85


Table of Contents

NOTE 4—LOANS (Continued)

(Dollar amounts in thousands except share data)

 

December 31, 2010

                 
     30-59 Days
Past Due
     60-89 Days
Past Due
     90 Days Past
Due and
Greater
     Total Past Due      Loans Not
Past Due
     Total  

Commercial

   $ 140       $ 36       $ 42       $ 218       $ 35,758       $ 35,976   

Real estate:

                 

Residential

     4,580         846         13,126         18,552         118,219         136,771   

Commercial

     655         4,087         5,871         10,613         271,855         282,468   

Construction and land

     295         1,659         8,877         10,831         41,977         52,808   

Consumer

     201         28         5         234         4,876         5,110   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 5,871       $ 6,656       $ 27,921       $ 40,448       $ 472,685       $ 513,133   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Included in the past due loan tables above are loans acquired in the merger with ABI. As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, the amounts are as follows:

 

     December 31,
2011
     December 31,
2010
 

30-59 Days Past Due

   $ 2,759       $ 1,927   

60-89 Days Past Due

     4,213         2,113   

Greater than 90 Days Past Due

     10,346         2,495   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 17,318       $ 6,535   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Troubled Debt Restructurings

As of December 31, 2011, $15,384 of net loans were considered troubled debt restructurings. The Company has allocated $1,726 and $374 of specific reserves to customers whose loan terms have been modified in troubled debt restructurings as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Of the $1,726 specific reserve as of December 31, 2011, $1,538 is allocated to customers whose loans are collateral dependent with collateral shortfalls. The Company has not committed to lend additional amounts as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 to customers with outstanding loans that are classified as troubled debt restructurings.

During the year ending December 31, 2011, the terms of certain loans were modified as troubled debt restructurings. The modification of the terms of such loans included one or a combination of the following: a reduction of the stated interest rate of the loan; to allow customers to make interest only payments for a limited period of time; or a permanent reduction of the recorded investment in the loan. All borrowers whose loans were modified in troubled debt restructurings were experiencing financial difficulties.

Modifications involving a reduction of the stated interest rate of the loan were for periods ranging from six months to five years and eight months. Modifications involving interest only payments were for periods ranging from nine months to sixteen months.

The following tables represent loans by class modified as troubled debt restructurings that occurred during the year ending December 31, 2011:

 

    Number of Loans     Pre-Modification
Outstanding Recorded
Investment
    Post-Modification
Outstanding Recorded
Investment
 

Troubled Debt Restructurings:

     

Real estate: Commercial

    5      $ 9,971      $ 9,479   

Real estate: Construction and land

    3        4,114        4,114   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

    8      $ 14,085      $ 13,593   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

86


Table of Contents

NOTE 4—LOANS (Continued)

(Dollar amounts in thousands except share data)

 

The troubled debt restructurings described above increased the allowance for loan losses by $1,726 and resulted in charge-offs of $1,081 during the year ending December 31, 2011.

The following table presents loans by class modified as troubled debt restructurings for which there was a payment default within twelve months following the modification during the year ending December 31, 2011:

 

     Number of Loans      Recorded Investment  

Troubled Debt Restructurings:

     

Real estate: Commercial

     1       $ 3,077   

Real estate: Construction and land

     2         3,818   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     3       $ 6,895   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

A loan is considered to be in payment default once it is 90 days contractually past due under the modified terms.

The troubled debt restructurings that have defaulted described above increased the allowance for loan losses by $1,337 and resulted in charge-offs of $588 during the year ending December 31, 2011.

The terms of certain other loans that did not meet the definition of a troubled debt restructuring were modified during the year ending December 31, 2011. These loans have a total recorded investment as of December 31, 2011 of $22,460. The modification of these loans involved either a modification of the terms of the loan to borrowers who were not experiencing financial difficulties, such as allowing them to make interest only payments for a limited period of time (generally 18 months or less), adjusting the interest rate to a market interest rate for the remaining term of the loan or allowing a delay in payment that was considered to be insignificant.

In order to determine whether a borrower is experiencing financial difficulty, an evaluation is performed of the probability that the borrower will be in payment default on any of its debt in the foreseeable future without the modification. This evaluation is performed under the Company’s internal underwriting policy.

Certain loans which were modified during the year ending December 31, 2011 and did not meet the definition of a troubled debt restructuring as the modification was a delay in payment that was considered to be insignificant had delays in payment for five months.

Credit Quality Indicators

The Company categorizes loans into risk categories based on relevant information about the ability of borrowers to service their debt such as: current financial information, historical payment experience, credit documentation, public information, and current economic trends, among other factors.

The Company analyzes loans individually by classifying the loans as to credit risk. Loans classified as substandard or special mention are reviewed quarterly by the Company for further deterioration or improvement to determine if appropriately classified and impairment, if any. All loans are graded upon initial issuance. Further, commercial loans are typically reviewed at least annually to determine the appropriate loan grading. In addition, during the renewal process of any loan, as well as if a loan becomes past due, the Company will determine the appropriate loan grade.

Loans excluded from the review process above are generally classified as pass credits until: (a) they become past due; (b) management becomes aware of a deterioration in the credit worthiness of the borrower; or (c) the

 

87


Table of Contents

NOTE 4—LOANS (Continued)

(Dollar amounts in thousands except share data)

 

customer contacts the Company for a modification. In these circumstances, the loan is specifically evaluated for potential classification as to special mention, substandard or even charged off. The Company uses the following definitions for risk ratings:

Special Mention. Loans classified as special mention have a potential weakness that deserves management’s close attention. If left uncorrected, these potential weaknesses may result in deterioration of the repayment prospects for the loan or of the institution’s credit position at some future date.

Substandard. Loans classified as substandard are inadequately protected by the current net worth and paying capacity of the obligor or of the collateral pledged, if any. Loans so classified have a well-defined weakness or weaknesses that jeopardize the liquidation of the debt. They are characterized by the distinct possibility that the institution will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected.

Doubtful. Loans classified as doubtful have all the weaknesses inherent in those classified as substandard, with the added characteristic that the weaknesses make collection or liquidation in full, on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions, and values, highly questionable and improbable.

Loans not meeting the criteria above that are analyzed individually as part of the above described process are considered to be pass rated loans. As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and based on the most recent analysis performed as of each year end, the risk category of loans by class of loans, excluding loans classified as held-for-sale, is as follows:

 

December 31, 2011                                   
     Pass      Special Mention      Substandard      Doubtful      Total  

Commercial

   $ 31,836       $ 2,978       $ 900       $ —         $ 35,714   

Real estate:

              

Residential

     88,947         7,324         19,543         —           115,814   

Commercial

     209,325         22,427         29,716         —           261,468   

Construction and land

     18,316         9,136         18,439         —           45,891   

Consumer

     3,687         250         18         —           3,955   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 352,111       $ 42,115       $ 68,616       $ —         $ 462,842   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
December 31, 2010               
     Pass      Special Mention      Substandard      Doubtful      Total  

Commercial

   $ 29,903       $ 4,950       $ 918       $ 205       $ 35,976   

Real estate:

              

Residential

     96,836         21,375         18,440         120         136,771   

Commercial

     205,447         53,129         23,892         —           282,468   

Construction and land

     20,301         11,179         21,328         —           52,808   

Consumer

     4,946         83         81         —           5,110   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 357,433       $ 90,716       $ 64,659       $ 325       $ 513,133   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

88


Table of Contents

NOTE 4—LOANS (Continued)

(Dollar amounts in thousands except share data)

 

Included in the risk category of loans by class of loans tables above are loans acquired in the merger with ABI. As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, the amounts are as follows:

 

     December 31,
2011
     December 31,
2010
 

Special Mention

   $ 9,674       $ 35,550   

Substandard

     26,797         14,324   

Doubtful

     —           325   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 36,471       $ 50,199   

Purchased loans:

The Company has purchased loans for which there was, at acquisition, evidence of deterioration of credit quality since origination and it was probable, at acquisition, that all contractually required payments would not be collected. The carrying amounts of these loans, excluding loans classified as held-for-sale, are as follows as of December 31:

 

     2011      2010      2009  

Commercial

   $ 560       $ 2,309       $ —     

Real estate mortgage loans:

        

Residential

     21,412         14,184         —     

Commercial

     11,499         25,387         —     

Construction and land

     15,323         20,493         —     

Consumer

     121         140         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Unpaid principal balance

   $ 48,915       $ 62,513       $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Carrying amount

   $ 40,170       $ 52,131       $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Accretable yield, or income expected to be collected, is as follows:

 

Balance at December 31, 2009

     —     

New loans purchased, including loans classified as held-for-sale

     34,144   

Accretion of income(1)

     (234

Reclassifications from nonaccretable difference

     —     

Disposals

     —     
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2010

   $ 33,910   
  

 

 

 

New loans purchased, including loans classified as held-for-sale

     —     

Accretion of income(1)

     (3,957

Reduction for loans sold and other

     (13,610

Reclassifications from nonaccretable difference

     —     

Disposals

     —     
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2011

   $ 16,343   
  

 

 

 

 

(1)

No accretion of income was taken on loans classified as held-for-sale

There were no loans purchased as of December 31, 2009.

 

89


Table of Contents

NOTE 4—LOANS (Continued)

(Dollar amounts in thousands except share data)

 

The remaining accretable yield at December 31, 2011, or income expected to be collected, from the table above represents the remaining discount on the purchased loans for which there was, at acquisition, evidence of deterioration of credit quality since origination. In addition, it includes the remaining contractual interest that the Company expects to collect on these loans.

For those purchased loans disclosed above, the Company increased the allowance for loan losses by $4 and $0 during 2011 and 2010. No allowance for loan losses was reversed during 2011 or 2010.

Purchased loans for which it was probable at acquisition that all contractually required payments would not be collected are as follows:

 

     2010  

Contractually required payments receivable of loans purchased during the year:

  

Commercial

   $ 2,364   

Real estate mortgage loans:

  

Residential

     16,657   

Commercial

     39,446   

Construction and land

     25,053   

Consumer

     28   

Loans held-for-sale

     16,578   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 100,126   
  

 

 

 

Cash flows expected to be collected at acquisition

   $ 93,402   

Fair value of loans acquired at acquisition

   $ 59,288   

There were no loans purchased during the year ended December 31, 2011.

NOTE 5—REAL ESTATE OWNED

(Dollar amounts in thousands except share data)

Activity regarding real estate owned was as follows:

 

     2011     2010     2009  

Beginning of year

   $ 5,733      $ 4,011      $ 89   

Additions

     7,516        5,749        8,488   

Direct write downs to income statement, net

     (1,804     (1,930     (348

Direct write downs to goodwill

     (43     —          —     

Proceeds received on sales

     (3,459     (1,550     (4,215

Net gain (loss) on sales

     25        (547     (3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

End of year

   $ 7,968      $ 5,733      $ 4,011   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Expenses related to foreclosed assets include:

 

     2011     2010      2009  

Operating expenses, net

   $ 485      $ 945       $ 70   

Write downs, net

     1,804        1,930         —     

Gain upon acquisition

     (204     —           —     

Net (gain) loss on sales

     (25     547         3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

   $ 2,060      $ 3,422       $ 73   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

90


Table of Contents

NOTE 6—PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT

(Dollar amounts in thousands except share data)

Year-end premises and equipment were as follows:

 

     2011     2010  

Land

   $ 2,439      $ 3,137   

Buildings

     4,130        2,666   

Furniture, fixtures and equipment

     2,339        1,793   

Leasehold improvements

     2,269        1,942   

Construction in process

     596        307   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     11,773        9,845   

Less: Accumulated depreciation

     (4,795     (2,902
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Premises and equipment

   $ 6,978      $ 6,943   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Depreciation expense, including amortization of leasehold improvements, was $623, $434 and $468 for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

Operating Leases: The Company leases certain office facilities under operating leases that generally contain annual escalation clauses and renewal options. Rent expense was $927, $839 and $681 for 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Rent commitments under non-cancelable operating leases, before considering renewal options that generally are present, were as follows:

 

2012

   $ 908   

2013

     927   

2014

     939   

2015

     929   

2016

     503   

Thereafter

     1,111   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 5,317   
  

 

 

 

NOTE 7—FAIR VALUE

(Dollar amounts in thousands except share data)

Fair value is the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. There are three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair value:

Level 1: Quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets that the entity has the ability to access as of the measurement date.

Level 2: Significant other observable inputs other than Level 1 prices such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data.

Level 3: Significant unobservable inputs that reflect a reporting entity’s own assumptions about the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability.

The Company used the following methods and significant assumptions to estimate the fair value of each type of financial instrument:

Investment Securities: The fair value for investment securities is determined based on market prices of similar securities resulting in a Level 2 classification.

Derivatives: The fair value of derivatives is based on valuation models using observable market data as of the measurement date resulting in a Level 2 classification.

 

91


Table of Contents

NOTE 7—FAIR VALUE (Continued)

(Dollar amounts in thousands except share data)

 

Impaired Loans: The fair value of impaired loans with specific allocations of the allowance for loan losses is generally based on recent real estate appraisals. These appraisals may utilize a single valuation approach or a combination of approaches including comparable sales and the income approach. Adjustments are routinely made in the appraisal process by the appraisers to adjust for differences between the comparable sales and income data available. Such adjustments are usually significant and typically result in a Level 3 classification of the inputs for determining fair value.

Other Real Estate Owned: Other real estate owned (OREO) is measured at fair value. Fair values are generally based on third party appraisals of the property. These appraisals may utilize a single valuation approach or a combination of approaches including comparable sales and the income approach. Adjustments are routinely made in the appraisal process by the appraisers to adjust for differences between the comparable sales and income data available. Such adjustments are usually significant and typically result in a Level 3 classification of the inputs for determining fair value. A Level 2 classification can result when there are outstanding commitments from third party investors.

Loans Held-For-Sale: Loans held-for-sale are carried at the lower of cost or fair value, as determined by outstanding commitments from third party investors, resulting in a Level 2 classification.

The following assets and liabilities are measured on a recurring basis, including financial assets and liabilities for which the Company has elected the fair value option:

 

            Fair Value Measurements Using  
     Total      Quoted Prices in
Active Markets for
Identical Assets

(Level 1)
     Significant Other
Observable  Inputs

(Level 2)
     Significant
Unobservable

Inputs
(Level 3)
 

Assets:

           

(Dollars in thousands)

           

December 31, 2011

           

Available-for-sale

           

U.S. government-sponsored entities and agencies

     3,093         —           3,093         —     

State and political subdivisions

     17,881         —           17,881         —     

Mortgage-backed securities—residential

     33,052         —           33,052         —     

Collateralized mortgage obligations—residential

     9,114         —           9,114         —     

Liabilities:

           

Derivative liability

     1,151         —           1,151         —     

(Dollars in thousands)

           

December 31, 2010

           

Available-for-sale

           

U.S. government-sponsored entities and agencies

     —           —           —           —     

State and political subdivisions

   $ 23,334         —         $ 23,334         —     

Mortgage-backed securities—residential

     33,598         —           33,598         —     

Collateralized mortgage obligations—Residential

     5,424         —           5,424         —     

Liabilities:

           

Derivative Liability

     425         —           425         —     

There were no significant transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 during 2011 or 2010.

 

92


Table of Contents

NOTE 7—FAIR VALUE (Continued)

(Dollar amounts in thousands except share data)

 

Assets measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis are summarized below:

 

            Fair Value Measurements Using  
     Total      Quoted Prices in Active
Markets for Identical
Assets (Level  1)
     Significant Other
Observable  Inputs

(Level 2)
     Significant
Unobservable  Inputs

(Level 3)
 

December 31, 2011

           

Impaired loans:

           

Real estate mortgage loans:

           

Residential

   $ 215         —           —         $ 215   

Commercial

     3,489         —           —           3,489   

Construction and land

     236         —           —           236   

Other real estate owned:

           

Real estate mortgage loans:

           

Residential

     1,095         —           —           1,095   

Commercial

     3,340         —           —           3,340   

Construction and land

     3,533         —           —           3,533   

Loans held-for-sale

   $ —           —           —           —     

December 31, 2010

           

Impaired loans:

           

Real estate mortgage loans:

           

Residential

   $ 2,811         —           —           2,811   

Commercial

     5,116         —           —           5,116   

Construction and land

     8,301         —           —           8,301   

Other real estate owned:

           

Real estate mortgage loans:

           

Residential

     1,301         —         $ 648       $ 653   

Commercial

     1,077         —           —           1,077   

Construction and land

     3,355         —           —           3,355   

Loans held-for-sale

   $ 13,910         —           13,910       $ —     

Impaired loans, which are measured for impairment using the fair value of the collateral for collateral dependent loans, had a carrying amount of $5,500, with a valuation allowance of $1,560 at December 31, 2011, compared to a carrying amount of $22,239 with a valuation allowance of $6,011 at December 31, 2010. Collateral dependent impaired loans and other real estate owned, valued under Level 3, were measured using current appraised values along with information on recent market transactions as well as management’s assumptions about the criteria that market participants would use in pricing the assets.

Other real estate owned, which is measured using the collateral values less costs to sell or outstanding commitments from third party investors, had a net carrying amount of $7,968, which is made up of the outstanding balance of $9,957 net of a valuation allowance of $1,989 at December 31, 2011, resulting in a net write-down of $1,347 for the year ending December 31, 2011. At December 31, 2010, other real estate owned had a net carrying amount of $5,733, made up of the outstanding balance of $7,834, net of a valuation allowance of $1,870, resulting in a write-down of $1,840 for the year ending December 31, 2010.

 

93


Table of Contents

NOTE 7—FAIR VALUE (Continued)

(Dollar amounts in thousands except share data)

 

The carrying amount and estimated fair values of financial instruments at December 31, 2011 and 2010 were as follows:

 

     December 31, 2011      December 31, 2010  
     Carrying
Amount
     Fair Value      Carrying
Amount
     Fair Value  

Financial assets

           

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 9,955       $ 9,955       $ 20,297       $ 20,297   

Securities available-for-sale

     63,140         63,140         62,356         62,356   

Loans held-for-sale

     —           —           13,910         13,910   

Loans, net

     449,583         461,210         499,696         511,300   

Federal Home Loan Bank stock

     2,707         n/a         3,728         n/a   

Non-marketable equity security

     178         n/a         178         n/a   

Accrued interest receivable

     2,598         2,598         3,170         3,170   

Financial liabilities

           

Deposits

   $ 473,907       $ 474,161       $ 562,187       $ 551,061   

Other borrowings

     39,811         40,121         18,924         19,546   

Subordinated debentures

     16,026         8,723         15,962         6,839   

Accrued interest payable

     305         305         599         599   

Interest rate swap

     1,151         1,151         425         425   

The methods and assumptions, not previously presented, used to estimate fair value, are described as follows:

Carrying amount is the estimated fair value for cash and cash equivalents, loans held-for-sale, interest-bearing deposits, accrued interest receivable and payable, demand deposits, short-term debt, and deposits that reprice frequently and fully. The methods for determining the fair values for securities were described previously. For loans, excluding loans classified as held-for-sale, fair value is based on discounted cash flows using current market rates applied to the estimated life adjusted for the allowance for loan losses. For fixed rate deposits and variable rate deposits with infrequent repricing, fair value is based on discounted cash flows using current market rates applied to the estimated life. Fair value of debt, including FHLB advances, is based on current rates for similar financing. It was not practicable to determine fair value of FHLB stock and other nonmarketable equity securities due to restrictions placed on transferability. The fair value of off-balance-sheet items is considered nominal.

NOTE 8—DEPOSITS

(Dollar amounts in thousands except share data)

Time deposits of $100 or more were $93,207 and $142,123 at year end 2011 and 2010.

Scheduled maturities of time deposits for the next five years are as follows:

 

2012

   $ 132,400   

2013

     21,827   

2014

     17,140   

2015

     11,070   

2016

     9,549   

Thereafter

     —     

 

94


Table of Contents

NOTE 8—DEPOSITS (Continued)

(Dollar amounts in thousands except share data)

 

A fair value adjustment of $763 was recorded as of the date of the ABI merger because the weighted average interest rate of ABI’s time deposits exceeded the cost of similar wholesale funding at the time of the merger. This amount is being amortized to reduce interest expense on a declining basis over the average life of the time deposit portfolio. For the periods ending December 31, 2011 and 2010, $253 and $19 was amortized to interest expense, respectively.

NOTE 9—SHORT-TERM BORROWINGS AND FEDERAL HOME LOAN BANK ADVANCES

(Dollar amounts in thousands except share data)

At year end, advances from FHLB were as follows:

 

     2011      2010  

Advances maturing May 21, 2012 at a daily variable interest rate of 0.36% at December 31, 2011

   $ 18,600       $ —     

Advances maturing July 15, 2016 at a fixed rate of 2.81%

     2,500         —     

Advances maturing July 15, 2014 at a fixed rate of 2.42%

     2,500         —     

Convertible advances maturing June 8, 2012 with a quarterly call option beginning September 10, 2007 at a fixed rate of 4.68%

     —           5,000   

Advances maturing January 9, 2012 at a fixed rate of 2.30%

     8,002         8,124   

Advances maturing May 29, 2012 at a fixed rate of 2.11%

     5,000         5,000   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 36,602       $ 18,124   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

A fair value adjustment of $124 was recorded as of the date of the ABI merger because the interest rate of the FHLB advances exceeded the cost of similar advances at the time of the merger. This amount is being amortized to reduce interest expense over the remaining life of the advance on a straight-line basis.

Each advance is payable at its maturity date, with a prepayment penalty for early termination. The advances were collateralized by a blanket lien arrangement of the Company’s first mortgage loans, second mortgage loans and commercial real estate loans at year-end 2011 and 2010. Based upon this collateral and the Company’s holdings of FHLB stock, the Company is eligible to borrow up to a total of $39,511 at December 31, 2011.

In 2008, the Company established a “Borrower in Custody” line of credit with the Federal Reserve Bank by pledging excess collateral. The amount of this line at December 31, 2011 was $30,385, all of which was available on that date.

Also included in FHLB advances and other borrowings on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2011 was $209 that relates to certain loan participation agreements that are classified as secured borrowings as they do not qualify for sale accounting treatment. A corresponding amount is recorded as an asset within Loans on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets.

NOTE 10—SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES

(Dollar amounts in thousands except share data)

On June 17, 2004, the Company participated in a pooled offering of trust preferred securities. Bancorp formed Jacksonville Statutory Trust I (the “Trust I”), a wholly owned statutory trust subsidiary for the purpose of issuing the trust preferred securities. The Trust I used the proceeds from the issuance of $4,000 in trust preferred securities to acquire junior subordinated debentures of Bancorp. The trust preferred securities essentially mirror the debt securities, carrying a cumulative preferred dividend at a variable rate equal to the interest rate on the

 

95


Table of Contents

NOTE 10—SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES (Continued)

(Dollar amounts in thousands except share data)

 

debt securities (three-month LIBOR plus 263 basis points). The initial rate in effect at the time of issuance was 4.06% and is subject to change quarterly. The rate in effect at December 31, 2011 was 3.19%.

On December 14, 2006, the Company participated in a pooled offering of trust preferred securities. Bancorp formed Jacksonville Statutory Trust II (the “Trust II”), a wholly owned statutory trust subsidiary for the purpose of issuing the trust preferred securities. The Trust II used the proceeds from the issuance of $3,000 in trust preferred securities to acquire junior subordinated debentures of Bancorp. The trust preferred securities essentially mirror the debt securities, carrying a cumulative preferred dividend at a variable rate equal to the interest rate on the debt securities (three-month LIBOR plus 173 basis points). The initial rate in effect at the time of issuance was 7.08% and is subject to change quarterly. The rate in effect at December 31, 2011 was 2.28%.

On June 20, 2008, the Company participated in a private placement offering of trust preferred securities. Bancorp formed Jacksonville Bancorp, Inc. Statutory Trust III (the “Trust III”), a wholly owned statutory trust subsidiary for the purpose of issuing the trust preferred securities. The Trust III used the proceeds from the issuance of $7,550 in trust preferred securities to acquire junior subordinated debentures of Bancorp. The trust preferred securities essentially mirror the debt securities, carrying a cumulative preferred dividend at a variable rate equal to the interest rate on the debt securities (three-month LIBOR plus 375 basis points). The initial rate in effect at the time of issuance was 6.55% and is subject to change quarterly. The rate in effect at December 31, 2011 was 4.30%. On July 7, 2009, the Company entered into an interest rate swap transaction with SunTrust Bank to mitigate interest rate risk exposure. Under the terms of the agreement, which relates to the subordinated debt issued to the Jacksonville Statutory Trust III in the amount of $7,550, the Company has agreed to pay a fixed rate of 7.53% for a period of ten years in exchange for the original floating rate contract (three-month LIBOR plus 375 basis points).

On September 15, 2005, ABI participated in a pooled offering of trust preferred securities. ABI formed Atlantic BancGroup Statutory Trust I (the “ABI Trust I”), a wholly owned statutory trust subsidiary for the purpose of issuing the trust preferred securities. Upon the successful completion of the merger, Bancorp acquired the ABI Trust I. The ABI Trust I used the proceeds from the issuance of $3,000 in trust preferred securities to acquire fixed/floating rate junior subordinated deferrable interest debentures of ABI in the amount of $3,000. The trust preferred securities essentially mirror the debt securities, carrying a cumulative preferred dividend at a fixed rate of 5.89% equal to the interest rate on the debt securities, both payable quarterly for five years. Beginning in June 2009, ABI did not make any quarterly payments on the debentures. The Company brought the quarterly payments current beginning in March 2011. Beginning September 15, 2010, the quarterly rates vary based on the three-month LIBOR plus 150 basis points. The rate in effect at December 31, 2011 was 2.05%. A fair value adjustment of $1,596 was recorded as of the ABI merger because the interest rates on the trust preferred securities were less than the cost of similar trust preferred securities at the time of the merger. This amount is being amortized to increase interest expense on a straight-line basis over the remaining life of ABI Trust I. As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, $64 and $8 was amortized to interest expense, respectively.

The debt securities and the trust preferred securities under the four offerings each have 30-year lives. The trust preferred securities and the debt securities are callable by Bancorp or the respective trust, at their respective option after five years, and at varying premiums and sooner upon the occurrence of specific events, subject to prior approval by the Federal Reserve Board, if then required. In addition, the debt securities and trust preferred securities allow the deferral of interest payments for up to 5 years. The Company has treated the trust preferred securities as Tier 1 capital up to the maximum amount allowed, and the remainder as Tier 2 capital for federal regulatory purposes (see Note 15).

The Company is not the primary beneficiary of these trusts (variable interest entities); therefore, the trusts are not consolidated in the Company’s financial statements, but rather the subordinated debentures are shown as a liability.

 

96


Table of Contents

NOTE 10—SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES (Continued)

(Dollar amounts in thousands except share data)

 

There are no required principal payments on subordinated debentures over the next five years.

NOTE 11—BENEFIT PLANS

(Dollar amounts in thousands except share data)

Profit Sharing Plan: The Company sponsors a 401(k) profit sharing plan which is available to all employees electing to participate after meeting certain length-of-service requirements. The plan allows contributions by employees up to 15% of their compensation, which are matched equal to 100% of the first 2.0% in 2011, 2.0% in 2010 and 4.5% in 2009 of the compensation contributed. Expenses for 2011, 2010 and 2009 were $72, $133 and $108, respectively.

Directors’ Stock Purchase Plan: Following approval by the shareholders at the 2003 Annual Meeting, the Company established the Directors’ Stock Purchase Plan for nonemployee directors. Under this plan, directors may elect to receive shares of the Company’s common stock as an alternative to the equivalent amounts of cash for directors’ fees. A total of 100,000 shares of the Company’s common stock were made available for issuance, all of which remained available for issuance at December 31, 2011 and 2010, as all transactions executed to date were open market purchases. The Company’s expense in connection with this plan was $0, $54 and $32 in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively, which is included in director fees in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations. Effective July 1, 2010, nonemployee directors agreed to a cash-only compensation plan for payment of director fees.

NOTE 12—INCOME TAXES

(Dollar amounts in thousands except share data)

Income tax expense (benefit) was as follows:

 

     2011      2010     2009  

Current federal

   $ 476       $ (897   $ 484   

Current state

     82         (265     97   

Valuation allowance federal

     3,859         (62     43   

Valuation allowance state

     661         (11     7   

Deferred federal

     1,449         (3,911     (628

Deferred state

     247         (670     (107
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 6,774       $ (5,816   $ (104
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effective tax rates differ from the federal statutory rate of 34% applied to income before income taxes due to the following:

 

     2011     2010     2009  

Federal statutory rate times financial statement income

   $ (5,877   $ (5,868   $ (10

Effect of:

      

Goodwill impairment

     3,794        —          —     

Tax-exempt income

     (341     (231     (171

Valuation allowance

     4,083        (66     45   

State taxes, net of federal benefit

     653        (624     (2

Merger related costs

     —          271        —     

Section 382 limitation

     4,414        437        —     

Other, net

     48        265        34   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 6,774      $ (5,816   $ (104
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

97


Table of Contents

NOTE 12—INCOME TAXES (Continued)

(Dollar amounts in thousands except share data)

 

The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities are as follows:

 

     2011     2010  

Deferred tax assets:

    

Allowance for loan losses

   $ 3,977      $ 5,259   

Real estate owned write downs

     1,048        704   

Fair value adjustments related to business combination

     5,562        10,166   

Losses limited under section 382

     4,503        340   

ABI state and federal net operating loss carryforwards

     1,959        2,662   

AMT Credit

     806        —     

Net unrealized loss on securities available for sale

     —          51   

Net unrealized loss on derivative

     433        160   

Other

     279        285   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     18,567        19,627   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

    

Depreciation

     373        67   

Net unrealized gain on securities available for sale

     1,108        —     

Core deposit intangible

     667        894   

Fair value adjustments related to business combination

     573        882   

Other

     103        131   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     2,824        1,974   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Valuation allowance

     (15,743     (10,545

Net deferred tax asset

   $ —        $ 7,108   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Company recorded a full valuation allowance against its deferred tax asset as of December 31, 2011 and partial valuation allowance as of December 31, 2010 for assets that more likely than not will not be realized. The decision was primarily based on evaluation of available positive and negative evidence. When determining the amount of deferred tax assets that are more likely than not to be realized, and therefore recorded as a benefit, the Company conducts a quarterly assessment of all available information. This information includes, but is not limited to, taxable income in prior periods and projected future income. Based on these criteria, the Company determined that it was necessary to establish a valuation allowance against our deferred tax asset.

The deferred tax asset associated with net operating loss carryforwards expires in 2029. Our ability to benefit from the losses incurred is limited under Section 382 as ownership of the Company changed by more than 50% in 2010.

The Company has no unrecognized tax benefits. The Company does not expect the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits to significantly increase or decrease in the next twelve months. There were no interest and penalties recorded in the income statement or accrued for the year ending December 31, 2011 related to unrecognized tax benefits.

At December 31, 2011, the Company had a net operating loss carry-forward of approximately $8,908 for U.S. federal income tax purposes that will begin to expire in 2029 and a net operating loss carry-forward of approximately $14,881 for the State of Florida income tax purposes that will begin to expire in 2030. The benefit that will not be realized related to these net operating losses has been written off. The remaining utilizable amounts are federal net operating losses of $5,110 and Florida net operating losses of $6,119.

 

98


Table of Contents

NOTE 12—INCOME TAXES (Continued)

(Dollar amounts in thousands except share data)

 

Our returns are subject to examination by taxing authorities for all years after 2007.

NOTE 13—RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

(Dollar amounts in thousands except per share data)

Loans to principal officers, directors and their affiliates in 2011 were as follows:

 

Beginning balance

   $ 4,874   

New loans and advances

     1,716   

Repayments and transfer out of related party

     (1,661
  

 

 

 

Ending balance

   $ 4,929   
  

 

 

 

Deposits from principal officers, directors and their affiliates at year end 2011 and 2010 were $11,013 and $9,179, respectively.

Revolving loans (“Revolver”) from principal officers, directors and shareholders to Bancorp at year end 2011 and 2010 were $3,000 and $800, respectively. Each Revolver pays an annual rate of interest equal to 8% on a quarterly basis of the Revolver amount outstanding. An unused Revolver fee is calculated and paid quarterly at an annual rate of 2% based on the daily average outstanding. The Revolvers mature on January 1, 2015.

NOTE 14—SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION

(Dollar amounts in thousands except share data)

On April 25, 2006, Bancorp’s shareholders approved the Jacksonville Bancorp, Inc. 2006 Stock Incentive Plan (the “2006 Plan”). Under the 2006 Plan, up to 20,000 shares of Bancorp’s common stock were made available for issuance for awards in the form of incentive stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units, performance grants or stock appreciation rights.

The 2006 Plan was a new plan and did not supersede the Company’s original Stock Option Plan, adopted by the Company’s shareholders on April 26, 2000, which continues to govern awards made under it. Under the Company’s original Stock Option Plan, options to buy stock are granted to directors, officers and employees. There are no options available to be issued under the original Stock Option Plan.

On April 29, 2008, the shareholders approved a 2008 Amendment and Restatement of the 2006 Stock Incentive Plan. Under this amendment and restatement, there is reserved for issuance under the plan an aggregate of 70,000 shares of Bancorp common stock. No more than 15,000 shares may be allocated to incentive awards, including the maximum shares payable under a performance grant, that are granted during any single taxable year to any individual participant who is an employee of Bancorp or any subsidiary of Bancorp.

On April 27, 2010, the shareholders approved the first amendment to the 2008 Amendment and Restatement of the 2006 Stock Incentive Plan. Under this amendment, there is reserved for issuance an aggregate of 180,000 shares of company stock. Additionally, the 15,000 share limitation discussed above was eliminated. There still remains under the plan a limit on performance grants issued within one fiscal year of $500,000.

Stock options are granted under both stock option plans with an exercise price equal to or greater than the stock fair market value at the date of grant. All stock options granted have ten-year lives, generally containing vesting terms of three to five years. Historically, certain grants have been made that vest immediately. Common stock issued upon exercise of stock options are newly-issued shares.

 

99


Table of Contents

NOTE 14—SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION (Continued)

(Dollar amounts in thousands except share data)

 

The fair value of each option award is estimated on the date of grant using a closed form option valuation (Black-Scholes option-pricing model) that uses the assumptions noted in the table below. Expected volatilities are based on historical volatilities of the Company’s common stock. The Company uses historical data to estimate option exercise and post-vesting termination behavior. The expected term of options granted is based on historical data and represents the period of time that options granted are expected to be outstanding, which takes into account that the options are not transferable. The risk-free interest rate for the expected term of the option is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of the grant.

Total share-based compensation costs that have been charged against income for those plans were $76, $96 and $63 for 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

The fair value of options granted was determined using the following weighted-average assumptions as of grant date.

 

     2011    2010    2009

Risk-free interest rate

     0.99%      1.99%      2.43%

Expected term

   5.0 years    4.5 years    4.5 years

Expected stock price volatility

   38.57%    37.63%    33.70%

Dividend yield

     0.00%      0.00%      0.00%

A summary of the activity in the stock option plans for 2011 follows:

 

     Number
of Options
    Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
     Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term
     Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
 

Outstanding at beginning of year

     190,000      $ 13.81         —           —     

Granted

     60,000        10.00         —           —     

Exercised

     —          —           —           —     

Forfeited

     (26,250     10.00         —           —     

Expired

     —          —           —           —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Outstanding at end of year

     223,750      $ 13.24         3.67       $ —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Vested or expected to vest

     211,070      $ 13.42         3.58       $ —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Exercisable at end of year

     114,250      $ 16.23         2.20       $ —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Information related to the stock option plans during each year follows:

 

     2011      2010      2009  

Intrinsic value of options exercised

     N/A         N/A       $  N/A   

Cash received from option exercises

     N/A         N/A         N/A   

Tax benefit realized from option exercises

     N/A         N/A         N/A   

Weighted average fair value of options granted

   $ 0.65       $ 1.97       $ 2.70   

As of December 31, 2011, there was $153 of total unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested stock options granted. The cost is expected to be recognized over a remaining weighted average period of 2.66 years.

 

100


Table of Contents

NOTE 14—SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION (Continued)

(Dollar amounts in thousands except share data)

 

The following table reports restricted stock activity during the 12 months ended December 31, 2011:

 

     Number of
Shares
    Weighted Average
Grant Date

Fair Value
 

Unvested shares at January 1, 2011

     3,949      $ 13.24   

Shares granted

     1,990      $ 6.35   

Shares vested and distributed

     (1,013   $ 23.05   

Shares forfeited

     (530   $ 9.85   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Unvested shares at December 31, 2011

     4,396      $ 8.27   
    

 

 

 

The fair value of the shares vested was $6.50. As of December 31, 2011, there was $17 of total unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested restricted stock awards granted. The cost is expected to be recognized over a remaining weighted average period of 1.84 years.

NOTE 15—CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS AND RESTRICTIONS ON RETAINED EARNINGS

(Dollar amounts in thousands except share data)

Banks and bank holding companies are subject to regulatory capital requirements administered by federal banking agencies. Capital adequacy guidelines and, additionally for banks, prompt corrective action regulations involve quantitative measures of assets, liabilities and certain off-balance-sheet items calculated under regulatory accounting practices. Capital amounts and classifications are also subject to qualitative judgments by regulators. Failure to meet capital requirements can initiate regulatory action.

Prompt corrective action regulations provide five classifications: well capitalized, adequately capitalized, undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized, and critically undercapitalized, although these terms are not used to represent overall financial condition. If adequately capitalized, regulatory approval is required to accept brokered deposits. If undercapitalized, capital distributions are limited, as is asset growth and expansion, and capital restoration plans are required. At year end 2011, the most recent regulatory notifications categorized the Bank as adequately capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action and well capitalized at year end 2010. There are no conditions or events since that notification that management believes have changed the institution’s category. Management and the Board of Directors have committed to maintain Total Risk-Based Capital at 10% and Tier 1 Capital to Average Assets at 8% at the Bank and the Company.

 

101


Table of Contents

NOTE 15—CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS AND RESTRICTIONS ON RETAINED EARNINGS (Continued)

(Dollar amounts in thousands except share data)

 

Actual and required capital amounts and ratios are presented below at year end.

 

     Actual     For Capital
Adequacy Purposes
    Minimum
To Be Adequately
Capitalized Under
Prompt Corrective
Action Provisions
 
     Amount      Ratio     Amount      Ratio     Amount      Ratio  

2011

               

Total Capital to risk weighted assets

               

Consolidated

   $ 45,312         9.63   $ 37,645         8.00     N/A         N/A   

Bank

     46,119         9.85        37,466         8.00      $ 46,832         8.00

Tier 1 (Core) Capital to risk weighted assets

               

Consolidated

     31,679         6.73        18,822         4.00        N/A         N/A   

Bank

     40,176         8.58        18,733         4.00        28,099         4.00   

Tier 1 (Core) Capital to average assets

               

Consolidated

     31,679         5.38        23,551         4.00        N/A         N/A   

Bank

     40,176         6.88        23,367         4.00        29,209         4.00   

2010

               

Total Capital to risk weighted assets

               

Consolidated

   $ 55,232         10.40   $ 42,498         8.00     N/A         N/A   

Bank

     55,083         10.39        42,402         8.00      $ 53,003         8.00

Tier 1 (Core) Capital to risk weighted assets

               

Consolidated

     48,512         9.13        21,249         4.00        N/A         N/A   

Bank

     48,378         9.13        21,201         4.00        31,802         4.00   

Tier 1 (Core) Capital to average assets

               

Consolidated

     48,512         9.09        21,347         4.00        N/A         N/A   

Bank

     48,378         8.97        21,576         4.00        26,970         4.00   

Under the framework, the Bank’s capital levels do not allow the Bank to accept brokered deposits without prior approval from regulators. However, we do not anticipate this to have a significant impact on our liquidity.

Bancorp’s principal source of funds for dividend payments is dividends received from the Bank. Banking regulations require maintaining certain capital levels and restrict the payment of dividends by the Bank to Bancorp or by Bancorp to shareholders. Specifically, a Florida state-chartered commercial bank may not pay cash dividends that would cause its capital to fall below the minimum amount required by federal or state law. Accordingly, commercial banks may only pay dividends out of the total of current net profits plus retained net profits of the preceding two years to the extent it deems expedient, except that no bank may pay a dividend at any time that the total of net income for the current year when combined with retained net income from the preceding two years produces a loss. The Bank met this restriction in 2010 and 2011 as our net loss at December 31, 2010 and net income at December 31, 2011 combined with retained earnings from the preceding two years produced a loss. The future ability of the Bank to pay dividends to Bancorp also depends in part on the FDIC capital requirements in effect and the Company’s ability to comply with such requirements.

NOTE 16—DERIVATIVES

(Dollar amounts in thousands except share data)

The Company utilizes interest rate swap agreements as part of its asset liability management strategy to help manage its interest rate risk position. The notional amount of the interest rate swaps does not represent amounts exchanged by the parties. The amount exchanged is determined by reference to the notional amount and the other terms of the individual interest rate swap agreements.

 

102


Table of Contents

NOTE 16—DERIVATIVES (Continued)

(Dollar amounts in thousands except share data)

 

Interest Rate Swaps Designated as Cash Flow Hedges: The Company is hedging the notional amount of $7,550 of the Trust III as of December 31, 2011 and 2010. The hedge was designated as a cash flow hedge and was determined to be fully effective during all periods presented. As such, no amount of ineffectiveness has been included in net income. Therefore, the aggregate fair value of the swap is recorded in other assets with changes in fair value recorded in other comprehensive income. The amount included in accumulated other comprehensive income would be reclassified to current earnings should the hedge no longer be considered effective. The Company expects the hedge to remain fully effective during the remaining terms of the swap.

Summary information about the interest-rate swap designated as a cash flow hedge as of year end is as follows:

 

     2011   2010

Notional amounts

   7,550   $7,550

Fixed rate

   7.53% per annum   7.53% per annum

Unrealized gains (losses), net of tax

   $(717)   $(265)

Interest expense recorded on this swap transaction totaled $265 and $263 during 2011 and 2010, respectively, and is reported as a component of interest expense.

CASH FLOW HEDGE

The following table presents the net gains (losses) recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income and the Consolidated Statements of Operations relating to the cash flow derivative instrument for the year ended December 31:

 

     2011  
     Amount of gain (loss)
recognized in OCI
(Effective Portion)
   

Amount of gain (loss)

reclassified from OCI
to interest income

    

Amount of gain (loss)

recognized in other

noninterest income
(Ineffective Portion)

 

Interest rate contracts

   $ (452   $ —         $ —     
     2010  
     Amount of gain (loss)
recognized in OCI
(Effective Portion)
    Amount of gain (loss)
reclassified from OCI
to interest income
     Amount of gain (loss)
recognized in other
noninterest income
(Ineffective Portion)
 

Interest rate contracts

   $ (275   $ —         $ —     

The following table reflects the fair value of the hedged item included in the Consolidated Balance Sheets for the year ended December 31:

 

     2011  
     Notional
Amount
     Fair
Value
 

Included in liabilities:

     

Interest rate swaps related to Statutory Trust III

   $ 7,550       $ 5,581   
     2010  
     Notional
Amount
     Fair
Value
 

Included in liabilities:

     

Interest rate swaps related to Statutory Trust III

   $ 7,550       $ 3,950   

 

103


Table of Contents

NOTE 17—LOAN COMMITMENTS AND OTHER RELATED ACTIVITIES

(Dollar amounts in thousands except share data)

Some financial instruments, such as loan commitments, credit lines, letters of credit and overdraft protection, are issued to meet customer financing needs. These are agreements to provide credit or to support the credit of others, as long as conditions established in the contract are met, and usually have expiration dates. Commitments may expire without being used. Off-balance-sheet risk to credit loss exists up to the face amount of these instruments, although material losses are not anticipated. The same credit policies are used to make such commitments as are used for loans, including obtaining collateral at exercise of the commitment.

The contractual amount of variable and fixed rate financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risk was as follows at year end:

 

     2011      2010  
     Fixed Rates      Variable Rates      Fixed Rates      Variable Rates  

Unused lines of credit

   $ 1,494       $ 29,391       $ 1,790       $ 29,822   

Standby letters of credit

     —           1,661         —           1,726   

NOTE 18—PARENT COMPANY ONLY CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

(Dollar amounts in thousands except share data)

Condensed financial information of Bancorp follows:

CONDENSED BALANCE SHEETS

December 31,

 

     2011      2010  

ASSETS

     

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 1,856       $ 1,499   

Investment in banking subsidiaries

     45,738         62,520   

Other assets

     2,102         4,984   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 49,696       $ 69,003   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND EQUITY

     

Subordinated debt

   $ 16,026       $ 15,962   

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

     4,326         1,182   

Shareholders’ equity

     29,344         51,859   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

   $ 49,696       $ 69,003   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

Years ended December 31,

 

     2011     2010     2009  

Other income

   $ 16      $ (34   $ (48

Interest expense

     (1,066     (770     (733

Other expense

     (4,076     (659     (477

Merger and acquisition cost

     (49     (1,032     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income tax benefit and undistributed subsidiary income

     (5,175     (2,495     (1,258

Income tax benefit

     (142     (908     (461

Equity in undistributed subsidiary income

     (19,026     (9,855     873   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ (24,059   $ (11,422   $ 76   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

104


Table of Contents

NOTE 18—PARENT COMPANY ONLY CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION (Continued)

(Dollar amounts in thousands except share data)

 

CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

Years ended December 31,

 

     2011     2010     2009  

Cash flows from operating activities

      

Net income (loss)

   $ (24,059   $ (11,442   $ 76   

Adjustments:

      

Equity in undistributed subsidiary income

     19,026        9,855        (873

Amortization

     64        8        —     

Goodwill impairment

     3,271        —          —     

Share-based compensation

     76        118        99   

Change in other assets

     (130     282        637   

Change in other liabilities

     233        (80     (64
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

     (1,519     (1,259     (125

Cash flows from investing activities

      

Investments in subsidiaries

     (324     (35,197     (1,512
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (324     (35,197     (1,512

Cash flows from financing activities

      

Proceeds from issuance of common stock

     —          34,689        —     

Proceeds from related party transactions

     2,200        800        —     

Purchase of treasury stock

     —          (21     (39
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash from financing activities

     2,200        35,468        (39
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

     357        (988     (1,676

Beginning cash and cash equivalents

     1,499        2,487        4,163   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending cash and cash equivalents

   $ 1,856      $ 1,499      $ 2,487   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

NOTE 19—EARNINGS PER SHARE

(Dollar amounts in thousands except share data)

The factors used in the earnings per share computation follow:

 

     2011     2010     2009  

Basic

      

Net income (loss)

   $ (24,059   $ (11,442   $ 76   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average common shares outstanding

     5,889,439        2,256,750        1,748,683   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic earnings (loss) per common share

   $ (4.09   $ (5.07   $ .04   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

      

Net income (loss)

   $ (24,059   $ (11,442   $ 76   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average common shares outstanding for basic earnings (loss) per common share

     5,889,439        2,256,750        1,748,683   

Add: Dilutive effects of assumed exercises of stock options and awards

     —          —          481   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Average shares and dilutive potential common shares

     5,889,439        2,256,750        1,749,164   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted earnings (loss) per common share

   $ (4.09   $ (5.07   $ .04   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

105


Table of Contents

NOTE 19—EARNINGS PER SHARE (Continued)

(Dollar amounts in thousands except share data)

 

Anti-dilutive shares outstanding were 225,906 in 2011, 161,269 in 2010 and 167,974 in 2009. As the Company was in a loss position for 2011 and 2010, all potential common shares for 2011 and 2010 were excluded from the calculation of diluted earnings per share as the shares would have had an anti-dilutive effect.

NOTE 20—OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

(Dollar amounts in thousands except share data)

Other comprehensive income (loss) components and related tax effects were as follows:

 

     2011     2010     2009  

Unrealized holding gains (losses) on available for sale securities

   $ 3,079      $ (659   $ 444   

Net unrealized derivative gain (losses) on cash flow hedge

     (725     (441     15   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net unrealized gains (losses)

     2,354        (1,100     459   

Tax effect

     (886     414        (172
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss)

   $ 1,468      $ (686   $ 287   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

NOTE 21—GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS

(Dollar amounts in thousands except share data)

Goodwill: The change in goodwill during the year is as follows:

 

     2011     2010  

Beginning of year

   $ 12,498      $ —     

Additions: Goodwill related to acquisition of ABI

     1,798        12,498   

Impairment

     (11,159     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

End of year

   $ 3,137      $ 12,498   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Impairment exists when the carrying value of goodwill exceeds its fair value, which is determined through a two-step impairment test. Step 1 includes the determination of the carrying value of our single reporting unit, including the existing goodwill and intangible assets, and estimating the fair value of the reporting unit. If the carrying amount exceeds its fair value we are required to perform a second step to the impairment test.

The Company evaluates goodwill for impairment annually as of September 30, 2011 unless events or changes in circumstances indicate potential impairment has occurred between formal assessments. A third party valuation specialist was engaged to assist management in determining the fair value of the Company and whether goodwill was impaired. The fair value was determined by comparing the output of several different valuation methodologies including:

 

   

Net asset valuation method—this methodology develops a valuation indication in the context of a going concern by adjusting the reported book values of the Company’s assets to their market values and subtracting its liabilities. The indicated value should not be interpreted as an estimate of liquidation value.

 

   

Guideline public company method—this methodology utilizes the pricing of publicly-traded banks and bank holding companies bearing certain similarities to the Company

 

   

Guideline transactions method—this methodology utilizes pricing data from change of control transactions involving appropriately comparable banks and bank holding companies

 

106


Table of Contents

NOTE 21—GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS (Continued)

(Dollar amounts in thousands except share data)

 

   

Discounted cash flow method – this methodology relies upon the perception of a future stream of benefits, the present value of which represents the indication of value of the Company

The annual impairment analysis as of September 30, 2011, indicated that the Step 2 analysis was necessary. Step 2 of the goodwill impairment test is performed to measure the potential impairment loss. Step 2 requires that the implied fair value of goodwill be compared to the carrying amount of that goodwill. If the carrying amount of goodwill exceeds the implied fair value of that goodwill, an impairment loss shall be recognized in an amount equal to that excess. After performing Step 2, it was determined that the implied fair value of goodwill was more than the carrying costs by approximately 7.3%; therefore, no impairment existed as of September 30, 2011. As a result of our net loss as of December 31, 2011, largely due to the recording an additional provision for loan losses and of a full valuation allowance on our deferred tax asset, the Company updated its annual goodwill impairment test as of December 31, 2011 and concluded there was an impairment of $11,159.

Acquired Intangible Assets: Acquired intangible assets were as follows at year end:

 

     2011     2010  
     Gross
Carrying
Amount
     Accumulated
Amortization
    Gross
Carrying
Amount
     Accumulated
Amortization
 

Amortized intangible assets:

          

Core deposit intangibles

   $ 2,453       $ (679   $ 2,453       $ (77

Total

   $ 2,453       $ (679   $ 2,453       $ (77

Aggregate amortization expense was $602 and $77 for 2011 and 2010, respectively.

Estimated amortization expense for each of the next five years:

 

2012

   $ 514   

2013

     412   

2014

     279   

2015

     222   

2016

     165   

 

107


Table of Contents
ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

None.

 

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

(a) Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

The Company maintains controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in the reports that the Company files or submits under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the rules and forms of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). Based upon management’s evaluation of those controls and procedures for the year ended December 31, 2011, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer of the Company concluded that, subject to the limitations noted below, the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Exchange Act) are effective to ensure that the information required to be disclosed by the Company in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms.

(b) Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(f), for the Company. Such internal controls over financial reporting are designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting standards.

The Company’s management assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011. In making this assessment, the Company used the criteria set forth in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.

Based upon the evaluation under the framework in Internal Control-Integrated Framework, our management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2011.

This annual report does not include an attestation report of the Company’s registered public accounting firm regarding internal control over financial reporting. Management’s report was not subject to attestation by the Company’s registered public accounting firm pursuant to rules of the SEC that permit the company to provide only management’s report in this Annual Report.

(c) Changes in Internal Controls

The Company has made no changes in its internal controls over financial reporting during the quarter ended December 31, 2011 that have materially affected or are reasonably likely to materially affect our internal control over financial reporting.

(d) Limitations on the Effectiveness of Controls

Our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, does not expect that our disclosure controls and internal controls will prevent all error and all fraud. A control system, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met. Further, the design of a control system must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints,

 

108


Table of Contents

and the benefits of controls must be considered relative to their costs. Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, within the Company have been detected. These inherent limitations include the realities that judgments in decision-making can be faulty and that breakdowns can occur because of simple error or mistake. Additionally, controls can be circumvented by the individual acts of some persons, by collusion of two or more people, or by management’s override of the control.

The design of any system of controls also is based in part upon certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions; over time, controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. Because of the inherent limitations in a cost-effective control system, misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected.

 

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION

None.

 

109


Table of Contents

PART III

 

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

The information regarding our directors and executive officers contained under the captions “Proposal 1: Election of Directors,” “Board of Directors, Governance and Committees,” “Executive Officers of the Company” and “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” in our Definitive Proxy Statement for the 2012 Annual Meeting of Shareholders is incorporated herein by reference.

We have adopted a code of ethics which is applicable to our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller or persons performing similar functions. The full text of our Code of Ethics is available on our website (www.jaxbank.com).

Below is biographical information on our directors:

 

Name

   Age     

Positions Held and Principal Occupations During the Past Five Years

Donald F. Glisson, Jr.

     52       Director of the Company and the Bank since November 2010. Formerly Chairman of the Board of Oceanside Bank and its holding company, Atlantic BancGroup, Inc., from 1996 through November 2010. Mr. Glisson is the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Triad Financial Services, Inc., a 130+ employee consumer finance company based in Jacksonville, Florida. Triad Financial has been ranked as one of the top fastest growing companies in Florida by the University of Florida and has also been ranked by the Jacksonville Business Journal as one of the fastest growing privately held companies in Northeast Florida. Mr. Glisson is one of three winners of the 2001 Jim Moran Institute’s Entrepreneurial Excellence Award, an award created by the Florida State University College of Business to recognize the importance and achievement of Florida’s outstanding entrepreneurs who have been financially successful while also giving back to their community. Mr. Glisson is very active in a host of civic and economic endeavors, including serving on the board of directors of the Florida State University Alumni Association and the Board of Governors of the Florida State University College of Business. He received his Bachelor of Science degree in Finance from Florida State University.

James M. Healey

     54       Director of the Company and the Bank since 1999. Owner of House & Home Investments, Inc., a real estate management company, and President since 2005. Partner of Mint Magazine, Inc. since 1992. Before his association with Mint Magazine in 1985, Mr. Healey worked with Carnation Food Products, Inc. and International Harvester. Mr. Healey attended Purdue University where he received a Bachelor of Arts degree from Purdue’s Business School with special studies in marketing and personnel. Mr. Healey has been a resident and active member of the Jacksonville community since 1984.

 

110


Table of Contents

Name

   Age     

Positions Held and Principal Occupations During the Past Five Years

John C. Kowkabany

     69       Director of Bancorp and the Bank since 1999. Jacksonville-based real estate investor and consultant. Mr. Kowkabany has significant private and public sector experience. A resident of the city of Neptune Beach, he has been active in local government, serving as the city’s Mayor from 1989 to 1997, and Councilman from 1985 to 1989. The Honorable John C. Kowkabany’s public sector experience has provided him with experience and knowledge regarding the local business and civic communities. For many years, Mr. Kowkabany has served with various civic and charitable organizations as an officer or director. Mr. Kowkabany graduated with a Bachelor of Arts degree from Jacksonville University. Mr. Kowkabany began a medical leave of absence in November 2010.

R.C. Mills

     74       Director of the Company and the Bank since 1999. Retired in April 2008 as President and Chief Operations Officer of Heritage Propane Partners, L.P., a national propane marketing organization with over 450 retail operations throughout the United States. Mr. Mills is a graduate of the University of Sarasota and resides in the Jacksonville area where he serves on the Board of Trustees of the Baptist College of Florida and as Chairman of the First Baptist Church Foundation Board. Mr. Mills has an extensive business background and is experienced in business mergers and acquisitions, corporate finance and personnel management, having served in several executive management positions with a vertically integrated oil and gas company for over 40 years.

Donald E. Roller

     73       Director of the Company and the Bank since 1999. Chairman of the Company’s Board of Directors. Mr. Roller served as President and Chief Executive Officer of U.S. Gypsum Company from 1993 through 1996, when he retired. He was also previously the Executive Vice President of USG Corporation. Mr. Roller has had extensive experience in directorship positions. He is a former Director of Life Care Pastoral Services, Inc. in Ponte Vedra Beach, Florida, and at Glenmoor at St. Johns in St. Augustine, Florida, both not-for-profit Continuing Care Retirement Communities. He is a former director of Lake Forest Graduate School of Business and the Canadian Gypsum Company. Mr. Roller has also served as acting Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Audit Committee for Payless Cashways, Inc. and is a trustee of the Christ Episcopal Church Foundation in Ponte Vedra Beach.

 

111


Table of Contents

Name

   Age     

Positions Held and Principal Occupations During the Past Five Years

John W. Rose

     62       Director of the Company and the Bank since 1999. A financial services executive, advisor and investor for over 30 years. Mr. Rose is a Principal of CapGen Financial LLC, a New York City-based private equity fund established in 2007, which specializes in bank and thrift investments. Prior to that, from 1991 to 2007, he was President of McAllen Capital Partners, a financial advisory firm. Mr. Rose currently serves as a director at the following entities: FNB Corp., a bank holding company in Hermitage, Pennsylvania (since 2003); White River Capital Corp, an automobile lender in Rancho Santa Fe, California (since 2005); and PacWest Bancorp, a bank holding company in Los Angeles, California (since 2009). Mr. Rose earned his undergraduate degree from Case Western Reserve University and his M.B.A. from Columbia University.

Price W. Schwenck

     69       Director of the Company and the Bank since 1999. Chairman of the Board of Directors for the Bank since 1999 and elected as Chief Executive Officer on June 23, 2011. Formerly served as Chief Executive Officer of the Company from 1999 until April 26, 2000 and re-elected in May 2010. From May 2000 to February 2003, Mr. Schwenck was President and Chief Executive Officer of P.C.B. Bancorp, Inc., a multi-bank holding company located in Clearwater, Florida. Mr. Schwenck served as Regional President for First Union National Bank in Ft. Lauderdale, Florida, from 1988 to 1994 and in Jacksonville, Florida, from 1994 until he retired in 1999. Mr. Schwenck is currently a director of Freedom Bank of America in St. Petersburg, Florida. Mr. Schwenck received his Bachelors degree and M.B.A. from the University of South Florida and his M.S. from the University of Miami in 1996 after four years of extended study and application in the field of quality management and leadership.

Charles F. Spencer

     69       Director of the Company and the Bank since its organization in 1999. President of INOC, LLC, a real estate management development company in Jacksonville, Florida, since 2001. He is Executive Vice President of the South Atlantic and Gulf Coast District of International Longshoremen’s Association (ILA). Mr. Spencer is a member of the ILA’s AFL-CIO Executive Council where he has served as an International Vice President representing members from Maine to Texas since 2003. He also served as Vice President of the Florida AFL-CIO. Mr. Spencer currently serves on the Board of Trustees of Edward Waters College; the Jacksonville Housing and Community Development Board; and Westside Ministries, Inc.

 

112


Table of Contents

Name

   Age     

Positions Held and Principal Occupations During the Past Five Years

John P. Sullivan

     55       Director of the Company and the Bank since November 2010. Currently the managing director with CapGen Capital Advisors and a director of Palmetto Bank, Mr. Sullivan has extensive experience and a diverse background in all facets of bank and financial management. He served as Chairman, President, Chief Executive and Chief Operating Officer of various financial institutions in the New York metropolitan area, including Hamilton Bancorp, River Bank America (East River Savings Bank), Continental Bank, and the Olympian New York Corp. Mr. Sullivan has gained a reputation as a business turnaround specialist with strong allegiances to both investors and customers, having resuscitated ailing institutions and facilitated their mergers with stronger financial companies, generating superior returns for his investors. He has been a ‘first call’ executive for many bank regulators when trouble surfaces at a regulated entity. Mr. Sullivan is a senior advisor and member of the advisory board for New York State’s largest de novo banking effort, Signature Bank. Prior to joining CapGen, he served as a senior advisor to the global financial services practice of a ‘big four’ accounting firm. In this capacity, he provided guidance and thought leadership to some of the firm’s largest financial services clients on banking matters, such as merger and acquisition activity, capital transactions, regulatory issues, credit quality, and credit risk. He is frequently called upon to provide guidance and expertise in highly complex financial and operational situations for banks and other financial services companies.

Gary L. Winfield, MD

     55       Director of the Company and the Bank since 1999. A medical director since November 2005 and a consultant since June 2000 at Memorial Hospital. From 1991 through 2007, Dr. Winfield had an active family practice in Jacksonville Beach, Florida, operating as Sandcastle Family Practice, P.A. Dr. Winfield has served as Vice President of Medical Affairs for Anthem Health Plans of Florida, a provider of health insurance. Dr. Winfield received his undergraduate degree from the University of Oklahoma and is a graduate of the College of Medicine at the University of Oklahoma.

 

113


Table of Contents

In addition to Mr. Schwenck, whose biographical information is provided above, below is biographical information on our executive officers:

 

Name

   Age   

Positions Held and Principal Occupations During the Past Five Years

Scott M. Hall

   47    Executive Vice President of the Company since February 2008 and President of the Bank since August 2011. Mr. Hall previously served as Chief Credit Officer of both from April 2010 to August 2011. He previously served as Chief Lending Officer of the Company and the Bank from 2008 to April 2010 and as Executive Vice President and Senior Loan Officer of the Bank from 2000 to 2008. Mr. Hall has over 23 years of experience in the financial services industry. Before joining the Bank in 1999 as Senior Vice President, he was employed with First Union National Bank in Jacksonville, Florida, for eight years as Vice President/Commercial Banking Relationship Manager. His community activities include serving as a committee member of the Gator Bowl Association and a member of The National Association of Industrial and Office Properties (NAIOP). Mr. Hall is a graduate of the University of North Florida, where he received his Bachelor of Business Administration degree in Finance.

Valerie A. Kendall

   59    Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Bancorp and the Bank. Ms. Kendall’s banking career spans more than 20 years. Prior to joining the Bank in 2004, she served from 2000 as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of P.C.B. Bancorp, Inc., a $650 million multi-bank holding company based in Clearwater, Florida. She also held senior finance positions with AmSouth Bank (Regions Bank), Barnett Bank (Bank of America) and SunTrust. Ms. Kendall received her Bachelor of Science degree in Accounting from Florida Southern College and is a Certified Public Accountant.

 

114


Table of Contents
ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The information contained under the caption “Executive Compensation” in our Definitive Proxy Statement for the 2012 Annual Meeting of Shareholders is incorporated herein by reference.

 

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

The information contained under the caption “Security Ownership of Directors and Officers and Certain Beneficial Owners” in our Definitive Proxy Statement for the 2012 Annual Meeting of Shareholders is incorporated herein by reference. In addition, information contained under the caption “Equity Compensation Plans Information” in Part II, Item 5 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K is incorporated herein by reference.

 

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

The information contained under the captions “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions” and “Board of Directors, Governance and Committees” in our Definitive Proxy Statement for the 2012 Annual Meeting of Shareholders is incorporated herein by reference.

 

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

The information contained under the captions “Principal Accountant Fees and Services” and “Board of Directors, Governance and Committees—Audit Committee Pre-Approval Policies and Procedures” in our Definitive Proxy Statement for the 2012 Annual Meeting of Shareholders is incorporated herein by reference.

 

115


Table of Contents

PART IV

 

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

 

Exhibit No.

  

Description of Exhibit

  2.1    Agreement and Plan of Merger by and between Atlantic BancGroup, Inc. and Jacksonville Bancorp, Inc. dated as of May 10, 2010 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2.1 of the Registrant’s Form 8-K filed on May 14, 2010, File No. 000-30248). Jacksonville Bancorp, Inc. agrees to furnish supplementally a copy of any omitted schedules to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon request.
  2.2    First Amendment to Agreement and Plan of Merger by and between Atlantic BancGroup, Inc. and Jacksonville Bancorp, Inc. dated as of September 20, 2010 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2.1 of the Registrant’s Form 8-K filed on September 20, 2010, File No. 000-30248).
  3.1    Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of Jacksonville Bancorp, Inc. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the Registrant’s Form 8-K filed on November 17, 2010, File No. 000-30248).
  3.2    Amended and Restated Bylaws of Jacksonville Bancorp, Inc. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.2 of the Registrant’s Form 8-K filed on November 17, 2010, File No. 000-30248).
  4.1    Specimen Common Stock Certificate of Jacksonville Bancorp, Inc. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.0 of the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form SB-2 filed on September 30, 1998, File No. 333-64815).
  4.2    Form of Capital Security Certificate of Jacksonville Bancorp, Inc. Statutory Trust III (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of the Registrant’s Form 8-K filed on July 31, 2008, File No. 000-30248).
  4.3    Form of Common Security Certificate of Jacksonville Bancorp, Inc. Statutory Trust III (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.2 of the Registrant’s Form 8-K filed on July 31, 2008, File No. 000-30248).
  4.4    Form of Junior Subordinated Debt Security of Jacksonville Bancorp, Inc. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.3 of the Registrant’s Form 8-K filed on July 31, 2008, File No. 000-30248).
10.1    Jacksonville Bancorp, Inc. Stock Option Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 99.1 of the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 filed on November 9, 1999, File No. 333-90609).
10.2    Amendment No. 1 to Stock Option Plan (incorporated herein by reference herein to Exhibit 10.2 of the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-QSB for the period ended June 30, 2002 filed on August 14, 2002, File No. 000-30248).
10.3    Jacksonville Bancorp, Inc., Directors’ Stock Purchase Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Appendix A of the Registrant’s Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A filed on April 10, 2003, File No. 000-30248).
10.4    Outsourcing Agreement by and between The Jacksonville Bank and M & I Data Services dated as of May 13, 1998 (now known as FIS) (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.4 of the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form SB-2/A filed on January 5, 1999, File No. 333-64815).
10.5    Lease Agreement between The Jacksonville Bank and ABS Laura Street, LLC (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-QSB for the period ended September 30, 2004 filed on November 15, 2004, File No. 000-30248).

 

116


Table of Contents

Exhibit No.

  

Description of Exhibit

10.6      Amendment to Lease Agreement between The Jacksonville Bank and ABS Laura Street, LLC (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-QSB for the period ended September 30, 2004 filed on November 15, 2004, File No. 000-30248).
10.7      Second Amendment to Lease Agreement between The Jacksonville Bank and ABS Laura Street, LLC (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-QSB for the period ended September 30, 2004 filed on November 15, 2004, File No. 000-30248).
10.8      2008 Amendment and Restatement of Jacksonville Bancorp, Inc. 2006 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Appendix A of the Registrant’s Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A filed on March 28, 2008, File No. 000-30248).
10.9      First Amendment to the 2008 Amendment and Restatement of Jacksonville Bancorp, Inc. 2006 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Appendix A of the Registrant’s Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A filed on March 29, 2010, File No. 000-30248).
10.10    Indenture dated as of June 20, 2008 between Jacksonville Bancorp, Inc. and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Registrant’s Form 8-K filed on July 31, 2008, File No. 000-30248).
10.11    Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust of Jacksonville Bancorp, Inc. Statutory Trust III dated June 20, 2008, by and among Jacksonville Bancorp, Inc., as sponsor, Wells Fargo Delaware Trust Company, as Delaware trustee, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as institutional trustee, and the administrators named therein (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Registrant’s Form 8-K filed on July 31, 2008, File No. 000-30248).
10.12    Guarantee Agreement dated June 20, 2008, by and between Jacksonville Bancorp, Inc. and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the Registrant’s Form 8-K filed on July 31, 2008, File No. 000-30428).
10.13    Employment Agreement between The Jacksonville Bank and Scott M. Hall (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended March 31, 2009 filed on May 15, 2009, File No. 000-30248).
10.14    First Amendment to the Employment Agreement by and between The Jacksonville Bank and Scott M. Hall (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15 of the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2011 filed on March 31, 2011, File No. 000-30248).
10.15    Employment Agreement between The Jacksonville Bank and Valerie A. Kendall (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended March 31, 2009 filed on May 15, 2009, File No. 000-30248).
10.16    First Amendment to the Employment Agreement by and between The Jacksonville Bank and Valerie A. Kendall (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17 of the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2011 filed on March 31, 2011, File No. 000-30248).
10.17    Stockholders Agreement by and between Jacksonville Bancorp, Inc., Atlantic BancGroup, Inc. and each of the directors of Atlantic BancGroup, Inc. dated as of May 10, 2010 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Registrant’s Form 8-K filed on May 14, 2010, File No. 000-30248).
10.18    Stock Purchase Agreement by and among Jacksonville Bancorp, Inc., CapGen Capital Group IV LP and the other investors named therein dated as of May 10, 2010 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Registrant’s Form 8-K filed on May 14, 2010, File No. 000-30248).

 

117


Table of Contents

Exhibit No.

  

Description of Exhibit

  10.19    Amendment No. 1 to Stock Purchase Agreement by and among Jacksonville Bancorp, Inc., CapGen Capital Group IV LP and the investors named therein dated as of September 20, 2010 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Registrant’s Form 8-K filed on September 20, 2010, File No. 000-30248).
  10.20    Registration Rights Agreement by and among Jacksonville Bancorp, Inc. and the investors named therein dated as of May 10, 2010 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the Registrant’s Form 8-K filed on May 14, 2010, File No. 000-30248).
  10.21    Lease Agreement between Mant Equities, LLC and Oceanside Bank dated September 27, 2000 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to Atlantic BancGroup, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-KSB for the period ended December 31, 2000 filed on March 27, 2001, File No. 001-15061).
  10.22    Lease Agreement between Property Management Support, Inc. and Oceanside Bank dated August 22, 2002 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to Atlantic BancGroup, Inc.’s Form 10-KSB for the period ended December 31, 2002 filed on March 27, 2003, File No. 001-15061).
  10.23    Form of Loan Agreement by and between Jacksonville Bancorp, Inc. and each of certain of the directors, their affiliates, entities and family members dated as of January 1, 2011 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.24 of the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2011 filed on March 31, 2011, File No. 000-30248).
  10.24    Form of Revolving Loan Note of Jacksonville Bancorp, Inc. payable to each of certain of the directors, their affiliates, entities and family members dated as of January 1, 2011 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.25 of the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2011 filed on March 31, 2011, File No. 000- 30248).
  10.25    Lease Agreement between The Jacksonville Bank and Baron San Pablo II, LLC dated April 12, 2011 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended March 31, 2009 filed on May 16, 2011, File No. 000-30248).
  10.26    Form of Loan Agreement by and between Jacksonville Bancorp, Inc. and each of certain of the directors, their affiliates, entities and family members dated as of September 14, 2011 or October 17, 2011.*
  10.27    Form of Revolving Loan Note of Jacksonville Bancorp, Inc. payable to each of certain of the directors, their affiliates, entities and family members dated as of September 14, 2011 or October 17, 2011.*
  21.1     Subsidiaries of Jacksonville Bancorp, Inc.*
  23.1     Consent of Crowe Horwath LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.*
  31.1     Certification of Chief Executive Officer required by Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) of the Exchange Act.*
  31.2     Certification of Chief Financial Officer required by Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) of the Exchange Act.*
  32.1     Certification of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.*
101.INS:    XBRL Instance Document(1)**
101.SCH:    XBRL Schema Document(1)**
101.CAL:    XBRL Calculation Linkbase Document(1)**

 

118


Table of Contents

Exhibit No.

  

Description of Exhibit

101.DEF:    XBRL Definition Linkbase Document(1)**
101.LAB:    XBRL Label Linkbase Document(1)**
101.PRE:    XBRL Presentation Linkbase Document(1)**

 

(1) 

These interactive data files will not be deemed filed for purposes of Section 11 or 12 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or otherwise subject to liability under those sections.

* Filed herewith
** To be furnished by amendment on Form 10-K/A

 

119


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Sections 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

    JACKSONVILLE BANCORP, INC.
Dated: March 30, 2012   By:  

/S/    PRICE W. SCHWENCK        

    Price W. Schwenck
    President and Chief Executive Officer
    (Principal executive officer)

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this Annual Report on Form 10-K has been signed by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated:

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/S/    PRICE W. SCHWENCK        

Price W. Schwenck

  

President and Chief Executive Officer and Director

(Principal executive officer)

  March 30, 2012

/S/    VALERIE A. KENDALL        

Valerie A. Kendall

  

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

(Principal financial officer and principal accounting officer)

  March 30, 2012

/S/    DONALD F. GLISSON, JR.        

Donald F. Glisson, Jr.

  

Director

  March 30, 2012

 

James M. Healey

  

Director

  March 30, 2012

 

John C. Kowkabany

  

Director

  March 30, 2012

 

R.C. Mills

  

Director

  March 30, 2012

/S/    DONALD E. ROLLER        

Donald E. Roller

  

Chairman of the Board of Directors

  March 30, 2012

/S/    JOHN W. ROSE        

John W. Rose

  

Director

  March 30, 2012

/S/    CHARLES F. SPENCER        

Charles F. Spencer

  

Director

  March 30, 2012

/S/    JOHN P. SULLIVAN        

John P. Sullivan

  

Director

  March 30, 2012

 

Gary L. Winfield, M.D.

  

Director

  March 30, 2012

 

120


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit No.

  

Description of Exhibit

  2.1    Agreement and Plan of Merger by and between Atlantic BancGroup, Inc. and Jacksonville Bancorp, Inc. dated as of May 10, 2010 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2.1 of the Registrant’s Form 8-K filed on May 14, 2010, File No. 000-30248). Jacksonville Bancorp, Inc. agrees to furnish supplementally a copy of any omitted schedules to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon request.
  2.2    First Amendment to Agreement and Plan of Merger by and between Atlantic BancGroup, Inc. and Jacksonville Bancorp, Inc. dated as of September 20, 2010 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2.1 of the Registrant’s Form 8-K filed on September 20, 2010, File No. 000-30248).
  3.1    Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of Jacksonville Bancorp, Inc. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the Registrant’s Form 8-K filed on November 17, 2010, File No. 000-30248).
  3.2    Amended and Restated Bylaws of Jacksonville Bancorp, Inc. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.2 of the Registrant’s Form 8-K filed on November 17, 2010, File No. 000-30248).
  4.1    Specimen Common Stock Certificate of Jacksonville Bancorp, Inc. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.0 of the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form SB-2 filed on September 30, 1998, File No. 333-64815).
  4.2    Form of Capital Security Certificate of Jacksonville Bancorp, Inc. Statutory Trust III (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of the Registrant’s Form 8-K filed on July 31, 2008, File No. 000-30248).
  4.3    Form of Common Security Certificate of Jacksonville Bancorp, Inc. Statutory Trust III (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.2 of the Registrant’s Form 8-K filed on July 31, 2008, File No. 000-30248).
  4.4    Form of Junior Subordinated Debt Security of Jacksonville Bancorp, Inc. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.3 of the Registrant’s Form 8-K filed on July 31, 2008, File No. 000-30248).
10.1    Jacksonville Bancorp, Inc. Stock Option Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 99.1 of the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 filed on November 9, 1999, File No. 333-90609).
10.2    Amendment No. 1 to Stock Option Plan (incorporated herein by reference herein to Exhibit 10.2 of the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-QSB for the period ended June 30, 2002 filed on August 14, 2002, File No. 000-30248).
10.3    Jacksonville Bancorp, Inc., Directors’ Stock Purchase Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Appendix A of the Registrant’s Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A filed on April 10, 2003, File No. 000-30248).
10.4    Outsourcing Agreement by and between The Jacksonville Bank and M & I Data Services dated as of May 13, 1998 (now known as FIS) (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.4 of the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form SB-2/A filed on January 5, 1999, File No. 333-64815).
10.5    Lease Agreement between The Jacksonville Bank and ABS Laura Street, LLC (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-QSB for the period ended September 30, 2004 filed on November 15, 2004, File No. 000-30248).

 

121


Table of Contents

Exhibit No.

  

Description of Exhibit

10.6    Amendment to Lease Agreement between The Jacksonville Bank and ABS Laura Street, LLC (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-QSB for the period ended September 30, 2004 filed on November 15, 2004, File No. 000-30248).
10.7    Second Amendment to Lease Agreement between The Jacksonville Bank and ABS Laura Street, LLC (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-QSB for the period ended September 30, 2004 filed on November 15, 2004, File No. 000-30248).
10.8    2008 Amendment and Restatement of Jacksonville Bancorp, Inc. 2006 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Appendix A of the Registrant’s Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A filed on March 28, 2008, File No. 000-30248).
10.9    First Amendment to the 2008 Amendment and Restatement of Jacksonville Bancorp, Inc. 2006 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Appendix A of the Registrant’s Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A filed on March 29, 2010, File No. 000-30248).
10.10    Indenture dated as of June 20, 2008 between Jacksonville Bancorp, Inc. and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Registrant’s Form 8-K filed on July 31, 2008, File No. 000-30248).
10.11    Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust of Jacksonville Bancorp, Inc. Statutory Trust III dated June 20, 2008, by and among Jacksonville Bancorp, Inc., as sponsor, Wells Fargo Delaware Trust Company, as Delaware trustee, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as institutional trustee, and the administrators named therein (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Registrant’s Form 8-K filed on July 31, 2008, File No. 000-30248).
10.12    Guarantee Agreement dated June 20, 2008, by and between Jacksonville Bancorp, Inc. and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the Registrant’s Form 8-K filed on July 31, 2008, File No. 000-30428).
10.13    Employment Agreement between The Jacksonville Bank and Scott M. Hall (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended March 31, 2009 filed on May 15, 2009, File No. 000-30248).
10.14    First Amendment to the Employment Agreement by and between The Jacksonville Bank and Scott M. Hall (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15 of the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2011 filed on March 31, 2011, File No. 000-30248).
10.15    Employment Agreement between The Jacksonville Bank and Valerie A. Kendall (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended March 31, 2009 filed on May 15, 2009, File No. 000-30248).
10.16    First Amendment to the Employment Agreement by and between The Jacksonville Bank and Valerie A. Kendall (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17 of the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2011 filed on March 31, 2011, File No. 000-30248).
10.17    Stockholders Agreement by and between Jacksonville Bancorp, Inc., Atlantic BancGroup, Inc. and each of the directors of Atlantic BancGroup, Inc. dated as of May 10, 2010 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Registrant’s Form 8-K filed on May 14, 2010, File No. 000-30248).

 

122


Table of Contents

Exhibit No.

  

Description of Exhibit

10.18    Stock Purchase Agreement by and among Jacksonville Bancorp, Inc., CapGen Capital Group IV LP and the other investors named therein dated as of May 10, 2010 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Registrant’s Form 8-K filed on May 14, 2010, File No. 000-30248).
10.19    Amendment No. 1 to Stock Purchase Agreement by and among Jacksonville Bancorp, Inc., CapGen Capital Group IV LP and the investors named therein dated as of September 20, 2010 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Registrant’s Form 8-K filed on September 20, 2010, File No. 000-30248).
10.20    Registration Rights Agreement by and among Jacksonville Bancorp, Inc. and the investors named therein dated as of May 10, 2010 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the Registrant’s Form 8-K filed on May 14, 2010, File No. 000-30248).
10.21    Lease Agreement between Mant Equities, LLC and Oceanside Bank dated September 27, 2000 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to Atlantic BancGroup, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-KSB for the period ended December 31, 2000 filed on March 27, 2001, File No. 001-5061).
10.22    Lease Agreement between Property Management Support, Inc. and Oceanside Bank dated August 22, 2002 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to Atlantic BancGroup, Inc.’s Form 10-KSB for the period ended December 31, 2002 filed on March 27, 2003, File No. 001-15061).
10.23    Form of Loan Agreement by and between Jacksonville Bancorp, Inc. and each of certain of the directors, their affiliates, entities and family members dated as of January 1, 2011 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.24 of the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2011 filed on March 31, 2011, File No. 000-30248).
10.24    Form of Revolving Loan Note of Jacksonville Bancorp, Inc. payable to each of certain of the directors, their affiliates, entities and family members dated as of January 1, 2011 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.25 of the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2011 filed on March 31, 2011, File No. 000-30248).
10.25    Lease Agreement between The Jacksonville Bank and Baron San Pablo II, LLC dated April 12, 2011 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended March 31, 2009 filed on May 16, 2011, File No. 000-30248).
10.26    Form of Loan Agreement by and between Jacksonville Bancorp, Inc. and each of certain of the directors, their affiliates, entities and family members dated as of September 14, 2011 or October 17, 2011.*
10.27    Form of Revolving Loan Note of Jacksonville Bancorp, Inc. payable to each of certain of the directors, their affiliates, entities and family members dated as of September 14, 2011 or October 17, 2011.*
21.1    Subsidiaries of Jacksonville Bancorp, Inc.*
23.1    Consent of Crowe Horwath LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.*
31.1    Certification of Chief Executive Officer required by Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) of the Exchange Act.*
31.2    Certification of Chief Financial Officer required by Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) of the Exchange Act.*

 

123


Table of Contents

Exhibit No.

  

Description of Exhibit

32.1    Certification of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.*
101.INS: XBRL Instance Document(1)**
101.SCH: XBRL Schema Document(1)**
101.CAL: XBRL Calculation Linkbase Document(1)**
101.DEF: XBRL Definition Linkbase Document(1)**
101.LAB: XBRL Label Linkbase Document(1)**
101.PRE: XBRL Presentation Linkbase Document(1)**

 

(1) 

These interactive data files will not be deemed filed for purposes of Section 11 or 12 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or otherwise subject to liability under those sections.

 

* Filed herewith
** To be furnished by amendment on Form 10-K/A

 

124